A | B | C | D | E | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | R | S | T | U | V | Y |
abhijjhā: covetousness, acquisitiveness, desire for what one does not have. Being abhijjhā·lu is defined at AN 10.176 in terms of covetousness or jealousy towards others’ possessions. At AN 3.67, lobha is explained as having abhijjhā for synonym. ♦ Abhijjhā is one of the three mental akusala·kamma·pathas. ♦ Abhijjhā is remarkably combined with domanassa, to form a compound (abhijjhā·domanassa), which appears exclusively either in the Satipaṭṭhāna formulas or in the Sense restraint Formulae. ♦ Abhijjhā is occasionally mentioned as one of the five nīvaraṇas, as a makeshift for kāma·cchanda. ♦ Abhijjhā is part of the first upakkilesa mentioned at MN 7: abhijjhā·visama·lobha (covetousness and unrighteous greed). 1) original meaning (in older texts): direct ♦ Juxtaposed with (ekanta·nibbidā, virāga, nirodha,) upasama, sambodhi and Nibbāna (typically referring to the outcome of the practice of the ariya aṭṭh·aṅgika magga, e.g. SN 56.11). ♦ The attainment of arahatta is described with a list of phenomena to be experienced through abhiññā: āsavānaṃ khaya, an·āsava ceto·vimutti and paññā·vimutti (e.g. AN 3.91). ♦ At SN 45.159 and AN 4.254, the ariya aṭṭh·aṅgika magga is said to lead to another list of 11 dhammas to be dealt with by means of abhiññā: the five khandhas (to be fully understood), avijjā and bhava·taṇhā (to be abandoned), vijjā and vimutti (to be experienced), samatha and vipassanā (to be developed). 2) late meaning: there is a list of six higher powers or potencies attained by the practice of samādhi beyond the fourth jhāna, which are called together abhiññās, abrahmacariya: [a+brahmacariya]
that which is contrary to the pure life, which naturally would be |
Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhā·sājīva·samāpanno sikkhaṃ apaccakkhāya |
Should any bhikkhu participating in the training and livelihood of the |
See further details in Thanissaro Bhikkhu’s Monastic Code. However, a definition of a·brahmacariya is given by Ānanda at SN 45.18 as consisting in micchā·magga, i.e. micchā·diṭṭhi, micchā·saṅkappa etc. ♦ a·brahmacariya is listed among things that lead a bhikkhu to an apāya or niraya (e.g. AN 5.286). non-ill-will, absence of malevolence. At AN 3.67, adosa is explained as having a·byāpāda for synonym. The Vibhanga naturally relates a·byāpāda with mettā, although the latter is only part of the former, which should also include sates of simple upekkhā. ♦ In this connection, the derived expression abyāpanna·citto hoti (he has a citta devoid of byāpāda) appears in the exposition of the three mental kusala·kamma·pathas (e.g. AN 10.176), explained with the compound ‘appaduṭṭha·mana·saṅkappa‘ and the description: ‘ime sattā a·verā hontu a·byāpajjā, a·nīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantū‘ (qv.). ♦ A similar expression, abyāpanna·citto viharati (he dwells with citta devoid of byāpāda), appears in the Nīvaraṇānaṃ Pahāna formula, explained with the compound sabba·pāṇa·bhūta·hitānukampī (friendly and compassionate towards all living beings). ♦ a·byāpāda·saṅkappa is one of the three constituents of sammā·saṅkappa. ♦ Since byāpāda is a nīvaraṇa, a·byāpāda as a state of mind is necessary for successful meditation and attaining the four jhānas. ♦ The derived adjective, abyāpajjha, notably appears as a factor in the appamāṇā ceto·vimutti formulas. adhicittasikkhā: [adhi+citta+sikkhā] training in higher mind. A definition is given by the Buddha at AN 3.90: adhi·citta·sikkhā is identical with the culture of sammā·samādhi, i.e. the development of the four jhānas. ♦ Adhi·citta·sikkhā is one of the three sikkhās, together with adhi·sīla·sikkhā and adhi·paññā·sikkhā. It is said of these three trainings at AN 3.82 that they are ‘ascetic tasks of an ascetic’ (samaṇassa samaṇa·karaṇīyāni), at AN 3.93 that they are ‘urgent tasks of a bhikkhu’ (bhikkhussa accāyikāni karaṇīyāni), and at AN 6.30 that they constitute the ’supreme training’ (anuttariyaṃ sikkhā) for the purification of beings, etc. (formula in the style of the Mahāsatipaṭṭhāna Sutta) ♦ They can even replace the Pātimokkha, in some cases (AN 3.85). adhipaññāsikkhā: [adhi+paññā+sikkhā] training in higher wisdom/ insight. A definition is given at AN 3.90. It consists of the understanding of the four ariya·saccas. At AN 3.91, though, adhi·paññā·sikkhā is defined as ‘an·āsava ceto·vimutti paññā·vimutti‘ (liberation of the mind without impurities, liberation by discernment). ♦ Adhi·paññā·sikkhā is one of the three sikkhās, together with adhi·sīla·sikkhā and adhi·citta·sikkhā. It is said of these three trainings at AN 3.82 that they are ‘ascetic tasks of an ascetic’ (samaṇassa samaṇa·karaṇīyāni), at AN 3.93 that they are ‘urgent tasks of a bhikkhu’ (bhikkhussa accāyikāni karaṇīyāni), and at AN 6.30 that they constitute the ’supreme training’ (anuttariyaṃ sikkhā) for the purification of beings, etc. (formula in the style of the Mahāsatipaṭṭhāna Sutta) ♦ They can even replace the Pātimokkha, in some cases (AN 3.85). adhisīlasikkhā: [adhi+sīla+sikkhā] training in higher virtue. A definition is given by the Buddha at AN 3.90. It consists of a thorough undertaking of the Pātimokkha’s rules. ♦ Adhi·sīla·sikkhā is one of the three sikkhās, together with adhi·citta·sikkhā and adhi·paññā·sikkhā. It is said of these three trainings at AN 3.82 that they are ‘ascetic tasks of an ascetic’ (samaṇassa samaṇa·karaṇīyāni), at AN 3.93 that they are ‘urgent tasks of a bhikkhu’ (bhikkhussa accāyikāni karaṇīyāni), and at AN 6.30 that they constitute the ’supreme training’ (anuttariyaṃ sikkhā) for the purification of beings, etc. (formula in the style of the Mahāsatipaṭṭhāna Sutta) ♦ They can even replace the Pātimokkha, in some cases (AN 3.85). ♦ However, adhi·sīla·sikkhā is not only for bhikkhus, since it should also be undertaken by upāsakas, as they meet with their success (sampadā) or their prosperity (sambhava), lest it is their their failure (vipatti) as in AN 7.30, their decline (parihāna) as in AN 7.29, or their ruin (parābhava) as in AN 7.31. ādīnava: disadvantageous characteristic of phenomena, danger, drawback, disadvantage, bad result or consequence. The antonym is ānisaṃsa. The ādīnava of a particular dhamma is often described as its characteristics of anicca, dukkha, and the fact that it has ‘vipariṇāma·dhamma‘. This is seen mainly in the case of each of the five khandhas (e.g. SN 12.26) and the twelve āyatanas (e.g. SN 35.13 and SN 35.14). ♦ Frequently mentioned in conjunction with assāda and nissaraṇa, often preceded by samudaya and atthaṅgama, as characteristics to be understood in detail for all saṅkhāras. ♦ This set of 3 or 5 investigations appears very often in the Saṃyutta Nikāya, and is applied to a large variety of dhammas, among which notably to kāma (in detail at MN 13), but also to duccarita (e.g. AN 5.241), the five khandhas (e.g. SN 22.74), particularly vedanā (e.g. MN 13), rūpa (e.g. MN 13), the 4 paccayas (e.g. SN 16.1), bhava (e.g. AN 4.10), the six phass·āyatanas (e.g. AN 4.10) etc. ♦ A very useful statement is made at SN 12.52: ‘Upādāniyesu dhammesu ādīnav·ānupassino viharato taṇhā nirujjhati’. ♦ ādīnava·saññā is defined at AN 10.60 with reference to kāya. ♦ On the ādīnava of kāma, MN 54 provides a powerful series of similes to describe them, which is referred to in a number of suttas. perception of drawbacks. This practice is explained at AN 10.60, with reference to kāya: it consists in a reflection on the various ills of the body. ♦ According to AN 7.27, so long as the bhikkhus practice ādīnava·saññā, only growth can be expected of them, not decline. ♦ Other perceptions usually associated with ādīnava·saññā include asubha·saññā, āhāre paṭikūla·saññā, sabba·loke an·abhirata·saññā, maraṇa·saññā, anicca·saññā, anicca·saññā, anicce dukkha·saññā, anatta·saññā, pahāna·saññā, virāga·saññā and nirodha·saññā. taking what is not given, theft, robbery. The definition is given at AN 10.176. ♦ Adinn·ādāna is one of the three bodily akusala·kamma·pathas. ♦ For bhikkhus, it is a very serious matter, as it constitutes the second pārājika offense: |
Yo pana bhikkhu adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ ādiyeyya - yathārūpe adinnādāne |
Should any bhikkhu, in what is reckoned a theft, take what is not given |
See further details in Thanissaro Bhikkhu’s Monastic Code.
♦ The unpleasant consequences of adinn·ādāna are described at AN 8.40: its slightest result is loss of wealth. adinnādāna veramaṇī: [adinnādāna veramaṇī] abstaining from taking what is not given. ♦ Adinn·ādāna veramaṇī is the second of the pañcasīla. ♦ When describing the moral undertakings of a bhikkhu (e.g. MN 27), the following description is given: ‘Adinn·ādānaṃ pahāya adinn·ādānā paṭivirato hoti dinn·ādāyī dinna·pāṭikaṅkhī, athenena suci·bhūtena attanā viharati,’ for an explanation of which see the Ariya Sīlakkhandha Formulae. absence of aversion. At AN 3.67, a·dosa is explained as having a·byāpāda for synonym. Synonyms given in the Vibhanga: a·dussanā, a·dussitattaṃ (not being angry, not offending). ♦ A·dosa is one of the three kusala·mūlas. ♦ According to AN 3.112, any kamma caused by a·dosa is anavajja and has sukha·vipāka (pleasant results). ♦ According to AN 6.39, a·dosa does not arise from dosa, but rather from a·dosa itself (na adosā doso samudeti; atha kho adosā adosova samudeti). And vice versa. adukkhamasukha: [a+dukkha+a+sukha] neither-pleasant-nor-unpleasant, i.e. neutral. At MN 44, adukkham·asukha is explained as neva sātaṃ nāsātaṃ (neither agreeable nor disagreeable). ♦ In the majority of cases, adukkham·asukha qualifies one of the types of vedanā: see adukkham·asukhā vedanā. ♦ Adukkham·asukha also qualifies the fourth jhāna, and is thus related to upekkhā: see the corresponding formula. ♦ In a few cases, adukkham·asukha qualifies a certain type of phassa (e.g. SN 12.62). adukkhamasukhā vedanā: [a+dukkha+a+sukha vedanā] feeling which is neither-pleasant-nor-unpleasant, i.e. neutral. A definition is given at MN 44: ‘yaṃ ♦ Adukkham·asukhā vedanā is one of the three (main) types of vedanā. ♦ According to SN 36.5, adukkham·asukhā vedanā should be seen as aniccata (adukkham·asukhā vedanā aniccato daṭṭhabbā). ♦ Adukkham·asukhā vedanā are twofold: sāmisa or nirāmisa, as stated at AN 6.63: ‘atthi sāmisā adukkhamasukhā vedanā, atthi nirāmisā adukkhamasukhā vedanā’, although without further explanations. ♦ According to MN 44, adukkham·asukhā vedanā is ‘ñāṇa·sukhā aññāṇa·dukkhā’ (pleasant when accompanied by ñāṇa, and unpleasant without ñāṇa). Furthermore, avijjā is the counterpart of adukkham·asukhā vedanā (adukkham·asukhāya vedanāya avijjā paṭibhāgo), although the anusaya of avijjā does not necessarily underlie all adukkham·asukhā vedanā: (na sabbāya adukkham·asukhāya vedanāya avijj·ānusayo anuseti). ♦ According to SN 36.9, adukkham·asukhā vedanā share some important characteristics with other types of vedanās: ‘aniccā, saṅkhatā, paṭicca·samuppannā, khaya·dhammā, vaya·dhammā, virāga·dhammā, nirodha·dhammā‘. ♦ For other characteristics that adukkham·asukhā vedanā share with other vedanās, see there. āhāra: 1) concrete sense: food, alimentation. ♦ For bhikkhus, piṇḍapāta is a synonym of āhāra in this first meaning, and as such the formula of reflection on the paccayas is sometimes applied directly to āhāra (e.g. AN 4.37). This formula, often referred to as bhojane matt·aññutā, is analyzed here. ♦ Moderation in food is often praised in the suttas, as for example at AN 5.96: ‘app·āhāro hoti, anodarikattaṃ anuyutto’ (he eats only a little food, committed to not filling his stomach). Eating once a day is also often praised, as at AN 3.71: ‘yāva·jīvaṃ arahanto eka·bhattikā’ (as long as they live, the arahants take one meal a day) and MN 65, ♦ The practice of āhāre paṭikūla·saññā is often recommended in the suttas (e.g. SN 46.74). ♦ It is interesting to note that in the formula describing pubbe·nivās·ānussati·ñāṇa (see here), āhāra ♦ Meat eating is authorized for bhikkhus, under the ti·koṭi·parisuddha (pure in three aspects) rule: ‘a·diṭṭhaṃ, a·sutaṃ, a·parisaṅkitaṃ’ (not seen, not heard, not suspected). See MN 55. 2) figurative sense: support, nutriment. They are listed as four (e.g. at MN 9):
They are described as follows: ‘cattārome āhārā bhūtānaṃ vā sattānaṃ ṭhitiyā, sambhavesīnaṃ vā anuggahāya‘ ♦ The Buddha explains with powerful similes how the four āhāras should be considered at SN 12.63. ♦ The āhāras are said to originate and cease with taṇhā (e.g. at MN 9). ♦ In some suttas, āhāra has the meaning of condition and is close in meaning to paccaya (in its first, general sense) or hetu. For example, SN 46.51 details which phenomena ‘feed’ the five nīvaraṇas and the seven bojjhaṅgas. Another example is found at AN 8.39: having gone for refuge to the Buddha (buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gato hoti) is said to be a nourishment of happiness (sukhass·āhāra), and so are other refuges as well as the five precepts. ♦ As one would expect, there is a relationship between āhāra and rūpa or kāya. According to SN 22.56: ‘āhāra·samudayā rūpa·samudayo; āhāra·nirodhā rūpa·nirodho‘ (with the arising of nutriment, there is arising of Form; with the cessation of nutriment, there is cessation of Form) and according to SN 47.42: ‘āhāra·samudayā kāyassa samudayo; āhāra·nirodhā kāyassa atthaṅgamo‘ (with the arising of nutriment, there is arising of the body; with the cessation of nutriment, there is cessation of the body). āhāre paṭikūlasaññā: [āhāra paṭikūla+saññā] perception of loathsomeness in food. ♦ According to AN 7.49, when one often applies his/her mind to this practice, he/she is automatically repulsed by rasa·taṇhā (craving for tastes). ♦ Āhāre paṭikūla·saññā is described at AN 4.163 as participating of a painful mode of practice (dukkhā paṭipadā). ♦ The seven bojjhaṅgas can be developed in conjunction with āhāre paṭikūla·saññā (SN 46.74). ♦ Āhāre paṭikūla·saññā appears always in a list, generally with asubha·saññā, maraṇa·saññā, and sabba·loke an·abhirata·saññā. They are often collectively recommended for the sake of understanding or removing rāga (e.g. AN 5.303). ♦ Other perceptions usually associated with āhāre paṭikūla·saññā include anicca·saññā, anicce dukkha·saññā, anatta·saññā, ādīnava·saññā, pahāna·saññā, virāga·saññā and nirodha·saññā. ājīva: livelihood, means of subsistence. For proper or upright livelihood, see sammā·ājīva. As to right or wrong livelihood, it is said of them at SN 45.1: ‘micchā·kammantassa micchā·ājīvo pahoti’ (in one of wrong action, wrong livelihood comes to be) and ’sammā·kammantassa sammā·ājīvo pahoti’ (in one endowed with sammā·kammanta, sammā·ājīva comes to be), which makes wrong livelihood fall back on breaking of one of the five sīlas or engaging in one of the ten akusala·kamma·pathas. 1) For bhikkhus: ♦ In the definition of adinnādāna veramaṇī, given in the Ariya Sīlakkhandha Formulae (e.g. at MN 27), it said of a bhikkhu: ‘dinn·ādāyī dinna·pāṭikaṅkhī’ (he takes [only] what is given, expecting [only] what is given). The same formulae (e.g. also at MN 27) explain further some fundamental principles of a bhikkhu’s livelihood, e.g. refusing money, women and slaves, animals, properties, bribery, trickery etc. They further say (here) that a bhikkhu, wherever he goes needs only two things, and should keep to them only. ♦ A list of five improper ways of gaining material support from donors is given at AN 5.83.
♦ Besides mentioning also the above five items, a long list of wrong livelihoods for bhikkhus is given in the suttas of the Sīlakkhandha Vagga of DN, e.g. at DN 11. They deal essentially with fortune telling, witchcraft, divination, acting as a priest (e.g. performing weddings etc.). 2) For householders: ♦ Five types of unskilful trades to be avoided are listed at AN 5.177. ♦ Acting as a comic (at SN 42.2) and being a warrior (at SN 42.3) are clearly indicated as morally dangerous livelihoods. 1) (adv:) internally, inwardly. 2) (adj:) interior, inner, personal, connected ♦ Thus, ajjhatta applies chiefly to mental phenomena and whatever happens in the body. 1) without delay, immediate, immediately effective, possessed of immediate result 2) unconditioned by time or season. ♦ Akālika is the second standard epithet of the Dhamma, which is given in the dhamm·ānussati formula. A definition of the word is given in the Cūḷa Niddesa (KN, Nc 108), where it is likened to the expression ‘diṭṭh·eva dhamme’, and explained by the fact that whoever practices the ariya aṭṭhaṅgika magga enjoys its fruits now, in the visible world, and does not have to wait to be hereafter, in another world, for that. ākāsānañcāyatana: [ākāsānañca+āyatana] the sphere of infinitude of space. Attained as the 5th jhāna. See the standard description here. There is not much said about it in the suttas, it is apparently something to be experienced rather than talked about. ākiñcaññāyatana: [ākiñcañña+āyatana] the sphere of nothingness. Attained as the 7th jhāna. See the standard description here. There is not much said about it in the suttas, it is apparently something to be experienced rather than talked about. disadvantageous, unskilful, blameworthy, demeritorious, unskilful, resulting in suffering, troublesome. At MN 61, we find the following synonyms: ‘[yo] ♦ It is stated indirectly at MN 114 that all types of conducts are either kusala or akusala, ♦ In the Ekaka Nipāta, a number of suttas underline dhammas that cause akusala dhammas to arise: micchā·diṭṭhi (AN 1.306), pamāda (AN 1.58), laziness (kosajja - AN 1.60), mahicchatā (AN 1.62), asantuṭṭh·itā (AN 1.64), a·yoniso manasi·kāra (AN 1.66), a·sampajañña (AN 1.68), and evil friendship (pāpa·mittatā - AN 1.70). ♦ Naturally, the opposite dhammas cause the removal of akusala dhammas: sammā·diṭṭhi (AN 1.307), appamāda (AN 1.59), vīriyārambha (AN 1.61), appicchatā (AN 1.63), santuṭṭh·itā (AN 1.65), yoniso manasi·kāra (AN 1.67), sampajañña (AN 1.69), and kalyāṇa·mittatā (AN 1.71). ♦ At AN 5.52, the five nīvaraṇas are called ‘akusala·rāsī’ (accumulations of demerit). ♦ These nīvaraṇas are overcome by one who attains the first jhāna, and who thereby enjoys freedom from akusala dhammas (temporarily, of course), as made clear by the condition for such an attainment stated in the corresponding standard formula: ‘vivicca akusalehi dhammehi‘. akusalakammapatha: [akusala+kamma+patha] unskilful paths of action, disadvantageous courses of action. There are ten akusala·kamma·pathas, of three types: bodily, verbal or mental. They are described in these terms at AN 10.176. The three bodily akusala·kamma·pathas, frequently referred to as (a part of) kāya·duccarita, correspond to the actions to be abstained from for the practice of sammā·kammanta:
The four verbal akusala·kamma·pathas, frequently referred to as (a part of) vacī·duccarita, correspond to the actions to be abstained from for the practice of sammā·vācā:
The three mental akusala·kamma·pathas, frequently referred to as (a part of) mano·duccarita, correspond to the actions to be abstained from for the practice of sammā·saṅkappa (since nekkhamma consists chiefly in abandoning abhijjha):
♦ The practice of the ten akusala·kamma·pathas is generally described as leading either to niraya (e.g. AN 10.221), tiracchāna·yoni or pettivisaya, but it is made clear at MN 136 ♦ It is said of one who practices the ten akusala·kamma·pathas that he creeps (saṃsappati) and is crooked (jimha) roots of what is disadvantageous, sources of the unskilful. The term is defined by Sāriputta at MN 9 as consisting of lobha, dosa, and moha. This is a relatively rare word that appears only in five suttas. absence of craving. At AN 3.67, alobha is explained as having an·abhijjhā for synonym. ♦ Alobha is one of the three kusala·mūlas. ♦ According to AN 3.112, any kamma caused by alobha is anavajja and has sukha·vipāka (pleasant results). ♦ According to AN 6.39, alobha does not arise from lobha, but rather from alobha itself (na alobhā lobho samudeti; atha kho alobhā alobhova samudeti). And vice versa. āloka: light. ♦ Āloka is often used as a figure for enlightenment, namely for ñāṇa, paññā, vijjā and cakkhu, as in the Dhamma·cakka·ppavattana Sutta. It is also used as a figure for the four ariya·saccas as at SN 56.38. At AN 4.143, there is mention of the light of discernment (paññ·āloka), as being greater than that of the sun, the moon or the fire. ♦ Āloka also refers to a light within the mind, as made clear at SN 51.20, where it is juxtaposed with ’sappabhāsaṃ cittaṃ (luminous mind). Āloka·saññā is also juxtaposed with divā·saññā (perception of day/daytime) in the following formula that describes the development of the luminous mind: ‘bhikkhuno ♦ Attending to the perception of this mental light is said at AN 4.41 and AN 6.29 to lead to ñāṇa·dassana. ♦ Giving it attention is also mentioned as a way to get rid of thīna·middhā in the corresponding standard formula and at AN 7.61. amata: the Deathless, ambrosia, a state in which there absence of delusion. At AN 3.67, amoha is explained as having vijjā for synonym. An elaborate definition is given in the Vibhanga: ‘Tattha ♦ Amoha is one of the three kusala·mūlas. ♦ According to AN 3.112, any kamma caused by amoha is anavajja and has sukha·vipāka (pleasant results). ♦ According to AN 6.39, amoha does not arise from moha, but rather from amoha itself (na amohā moho samudeti; atha kho amohā amohova samudeti). And vice versa. anāgāmī: [an+āgāmī] lit: ‘one who does not return’ - designates an individual having reached the third of the four maggas leading to Nibbāna. He is so called because after death, he cannot ‘return to this world’, i.e. be reborn as a human being or a low class deva, but only as a special type of Brahmā. He will reach arahatta and eventually Parinibbāna during that one and only subsequent life. An anāgāmī is generally described as an individual having abandoned the five saṃyojanas connected to what is inferior (orambhāgiya) that fetter him to the round of existence. anāgāmita: [an+āgāmī+ta] state of an anāgāmī. anagāriya: homelessness. A characteristic of samaṇas. ♦ The word appears nearly always in the expression agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajati (’He goes forth from the home life into homelessness’). ♦ The way in which a follower of the Buddha’s teaching adopts anagāriya is described in a standard formula. ānāpāna: breath, respiration. Always regarded as a tool for practicing the Dhamma and mentioned in the context of ānāpānassati. ānāpānassati: [ānāpāna+sati] mindfulness of in and out breathing, awareness of respiration. The practice of ānāpānassati is described in detail by the Buddha in the Ānāpānassati Sutta. See also a detailed analysis of these standard instructions here. It is often said that developing and practicing heedfully ānāpānassati is very fruitful and rewarding (’ānāpānassati bhāvanā bhāvitā bahulī·katā maha·pphalā hoti mah·ānisaṃsā‘). Thus, it is recommended for a large panel of purposes: ♦ at AN 6.115 for the abandoning of cetaso vikkhepa (mental disturbance). ♦ at AN 9.1 to achieve vitakk·upaccheda (stoppage of thoughts). ♦ at MN 62 to become mindful even of one’s last breath. ♦ at SN 54.9 to refresh oneself and allay any akusala dhamma that may have arisen. ♦ at MN 118 as a way to practice the four satipaṭṭhānas. ♦ at SN 54.2, as a way to develop the seven bojjhaṅgas. ♦ at SN 54.8, for a large panel of objectives: to prevent the body or eyes from getting tired (neva me kāyo kilameyya na cakkhūni), to abandon memories and intentions connected with the household life (ye me gehasitā sarasaṅkappā te pahīyeyyu), for various asubha practices, for attaining all the eight jhānas, for attaining the cessation of saññā and vedanā (saññā·vedayita·nirodha), and for the full comprehension of vedanā. ♦ It is explained at SN 54.11 that ānāpānassati·samādhi is what the Buddha generally practices during his vassa retreat, that ānāpānassati·samādhi is a noble dwelling (ariya·vihāra), a brahmic dwelling (brahma·vihāra), a Tathāgata’s dwelling (tathāgata·vihāra). For trainees (sekha), it leads to the destruction of āsavas. For arahant s, it procures a pleasant abiding, and sati·sampajañña. ♦ The practice of ānāpānassati is also declared at SN 54.4 to lead to either aññā or anāgāmitā in this very life, for those who practice seriously enough. anattā: [an+attā] no-self, egolessness, soullessness, impersonality, absence of identity. ♦ It is the third of the ti·lakkhaṇa, a universal fact whose understanding is declared at SN 22.42 to be a way to exert dhamm·ānudhamma·ppaṭipatti. ♦ The characteristic of anattā applies to all phenomena, as declared in a famous sentence which occurs in a handful of suttas: ‘sabbe dhammā anattā’ (all phenomena are not-self). ♦ But as explained at SN 23.17, the characteristic of anattā is to be understood chiefly at the level of the five upādāna·kkhandhas, although it is frequent to find treatments of the six āyatanas - and the dhammas that are related to them - in terms of anattā in SN 35 (e.g. SN 35.6). ♦ The understanding of anattā is often described (e.g. SN 22.17) with a stock phrase: ‘n·etaṃ mama, n·eso·ham·asmi, na m·eso attā‘ (This is not mine, I am not this, this is not my self). Ñāṇavīra considers this translation as misleading since he considers it can mean ‘but something else is mine’, and he prefers ‘Not, this is mine; not, this I am; not, this is my self’. ♦ The characteristic of anattā was taught by the Buddha for the first time in what is considered as his second discourse, the Anatta·lakkhaṇa Sutta. The intellectual argument used to expose this teaching is the fact that if each of the upādāna·kkhandhas belonged to the self, then the self would be able to decide how it should be, which is not the case. The understanding of anattā is then derived from the understanding of anicca and dukkha according to a standard series of questions. ♦ At MN 35, the Buddha explains anattā by absence of ownership, using an analogy with a king owning his realm. ♦ At AN 4.49, seeing as atta something which is actually anattā constitutes one of four saññā·vipallāsa (distortions of perception), citta·vipallāsa (perversions of the mind), diṭṭhi·vipallāsa (inversions of views), the other three being the corresponding misunderstanding of asubha, aniccā and dukkha. perception of non-self. ♦ Very often, this perception is applied specifically to what is already perceived as unsatisfactory and it becomes dukkhe anatta·saññā. ♦ The practice of anatta·saññā leads to abandoning asmi·māna (AN 9.1). ♦ The practice of anatta·saññā also leads to abandoning attānu·diṭṭhi (the view of self): see AN 6.112. ♦ At AN 6.104, 6 benefits are cited as constituting enough motivation for establishing anatta·saññā in all dhammas. ♦ According to AN 7.49, ♦ The seven bojjhaṅgas can be developed in conjunction with anatta·saññā (SN 46.78). ♦ According to AN 7.27, so long as the bhikkhus practice anatta·saññā, only growth can be expected of them, not decline. ♦ Other perceptions usually associated with anatta·saññā include anicca·saññā, anicce dukkha·saññā, anatta·saññā, ādīnava·saññā, pahāna·saññā, virāga·saññā and nirodha·saññā. anavajja: [an+avajja] blameless, faultless. Opposed to sāvajja. ♦ The word anavajja·sukha (the pleasure of blamelessness) is repeatedly used to describe the feeling arising from observing the ariya sīla·kkhandha, which are described in their standard description (see at the bottom of that page). ♦ The word anavajja·bala (the strength of blamesslessness) appears at AN 4.153 and the two following suttas together with paññā·bala, vīriya·bala, sati·bala, samādhi·bala and bhāvana·bala. The word anavajja·bala is defined at AN 9.5 as the fact of being endowed with anavajja kāya·kamma, anavajja vacī·kamma and anavajja mano·kamma. 1) adj: inconstant, impermanent, momentary. 2) n: inconstancy, impermanence, momentariness. ♦ The understanding of anicca is described with the attainment of sotāpatti as the rise of ‘the Dhamma eye’ (Dhamma·cakkhu): “yaṃ kiñci samudaya·dhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodha·dhamman”ti (whatever has the nature of arising has the nature of ceasing). It is the case of āyasmā Koṇḍañña at SN 56.11. ♦ Anicca is the first of the ti·lakkhaṇas, a universal fact whose understanding is declared at SN 22.40 to be a way to exert dhamm·ānudhamma·ppaṭipatti. ♦ The characteristic of anicca applies to all saṅkhārās, as declared in a famous sentence which occurs in a handful of suttas: ‘sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā’ (all conditioned phenomena are inconstant). ♦ But as explained at SN 23.13, the characteristic of anicca is to be understood chiefly at the level of the five upādāna·kkhandhas, although it is frequent to find treatments of the six āyatanas - and the dhammas that are related to them - in terms of anicca in the Saḷāyatana Saṃyutta (e.g. SN 35.4). ♦ At AN 4.49, seeing as nicca something which is actually anicca constitutes one of four saññā·vipallāsa (distortions of perception), citta·vipallāsa (perversions of the mind), diṭṭhi·vipallāsa (inversions of views), the other three being the corresponding misunderstanding of asubha, dukkha and anatta. The impermanence of phenomena is described as the fact that they arise, transform, and pass away. It is the first of the ti·lakkhaṇa, and is considered as the easiest to be observed. Its understanding naturally leads to the understanding of the other two. perception of impermanence/inconstancy. This practice is explained at AN 10.60: it happens at level of the five khandhas. ♦ The practice of anicca·saññā leads to abandoning asmi·māna (MN 62). The process is explained at AN 9.1: anicca·saññā leads to anatta·saññā, which in turn leads to asmi·māna·samugghāta (eradication of the conceit ‘I am’). ♦ At SN 22.102, it is said that anicca·saññā leads to the elimination of kāma·rāga, rūpa·rāga, bhava·rāga, avijjā, and the eradication of asmi·māna. The sutta lists 10 similes to underline the power of anicca·saññā. ♦ The practice of anicca·saññā also leads to abandoning assāda·diṭṭhi (the view of sensory enjoyment): see AN 6.112. ♦ At AN 6.102, 6 benefits are cited as constituting enough motivation for establishing anicca·saññā in all saṅkhāras. ♦ According to AN 7.49, when one often applies his/her mind to this practice, he/she is automatically repulsed by lābha·sakkāra·siloka. ♦ The seven bojjhaṅgas can be developed in conjunction with anicca·saññā (SN 46.76). ♦ According to AN 7.27, so long as the bhikkhus practice anicca·saññā, only growth can be expected of them, not decline. ♦ In the Aṅguttara Nikāya, anicca·saññā often appears together with asubha·saññā, āhāre paṭikūla·saññā, sabba·loke an·abhirata·saññā, maraṇa·saññā, anicce dukkha·saññā, (sometimes preceded by: dukkhe) anatta·saññā, ādīnava·saññā, pahāna·saññā, virāga·saññā and nirodha·saññā. anicce dukkhasaññā: [anicca dukkha+saññā] perception of suffering in what is inconstant. ♦ It nearly always appears in the following progression: anicca·saññā, anicce dukkha·saññā, dukkhe anatta·saññā. ♦ According to AN 7.49, ānisaṃsa: benefit, good result, generally relating to a practice. anusaya: inclination, latent tendency, propensity, persistance of a dormant or latent disposition. The seven anusayas are listed at AN 7.11:
According to Rhys Davids: ‘In the oldest texts the word usually ♦ According to MN 148, rāg·ānusaya and paṭigh·ānusaya are activated by mental reaction (i.e. ayoniso manasikāra) to sukhā vedanā and dukkhā vedanā respectively, whereas avijj·ānusaya is activated on account of adukkham·asukhā vedanā with lack of proper understanding, attitude which is described at SN 36.6 as typical of an uninstructed (assutavā) puthujjana. On the other hand, those anusayas are not activated if one abstains from these mental reactions and develops proper understanding, attitude which is described at SN 36.6 as typical of an instructed (sutavā) ariyasāvaka. ♦ According to MN 18, the cessation of all these anusayas comes from not finding anything to delight in, welcome, or remain fastened to in the source from which saññās and categories [born of] papañca beset an individual (yato·nidānaṃ purisaṃ papañca·saññā·saṅkhā samudācaranti, ettha ce natthi abhinanditabbaṃ abhivaditabbaṃ ajjhositabbaṃ). This explains why at MN 44 all vedanās are not underlied by anusayas. ♦ According to AN 7.12, the brahmacariya is fulfilled (brahmacariya vussati) with the abandoning and destruction of each anusaya, and the end of suffering is reached when all of them have been abandoned. recollection, remembrance, calling to mind.
The first four of these are analyzed in detail here. ♦ At SN 11.3, the first three of them (Buddh·ānussati, Dhamm·ānussati Saṅgh·ānussati) are recommended to allay any kind of fear. ♦ According to AN 3.71, the mind becomes bright (cittaṃ pasīdati), joy arises (pāmojjaṃ uppajjati), and the impurities of the mind are abandoned (ye cittassa upakkilesā te pahīyanti). According to AN 6.25, these anussatis also make the mind upright and make an ariyasāvaka emerge from the five kāma·guṇas. ♦ According to AN 11.13, the anussatis should be used as a basis for establishing sati. ♦ At AN 6.30, recollecting the Buddha or one of his disciples constitutes the supreme recollection (anussat·ānuttariya) for the purification of beings, etc. (formula of the Mahāsatipaṭṭhāna Sutta’s introduction). ♦ According to AN 6.10, when an ariyasāvaka practices these anussatis, at that time his mind is not under the sway of any of the three akusala·mūlas, and he gains an inspiration and a joy (pāmojja) that can lead him up to samādhi. ♦ At AN 6.141, the six anussatis are recommended for the abhiññā of rāga. ♦ Between AN 1.296 and AN 1.301, each of the six anussatis is recommended for attaining virāga, nirodha, upasama, abhiññā, sambodhi and nibbāna. And again between AN 1.485 and AN 1.490, one who develops each of them is said to respond to the Buddha’s advice and not eat piṇḍapāta in vain. ♦ According to MN 28, if the practice of the first three anussatis does not bear its fruits, then one should arouse saṃvega. ♦ One other major use of the concept (more than 80 times in the four Nikāyas) is to refer to the practice of pubbe·nivās·ānussati·ñāṇa (e.g. AN 3.102) in the stock phrase: ‘bhikkhu ♦ AN 10.153 and AN 10.197 specify things that should not be recollected (na anussaritabbaṃ): each factor of the tenfold micchā·paṭipadā (including micchā·ñāṇa and micchā·vimutti), as well as any undertaking of whichever of the ten akusala kamma·pathas. The opposite factors are to be recollected. ♦ Recollecting those who are accomplished on the path ♦ There is mention of another anussati, the recollection of peace (upasam·ānussati), ♦ There is also another completely different set of five anussatis that appears only at AN 6.29. Those are:
The fifth referring most probably to the six abhiññās. 1) hearsay, report, rumor. Clearly used in this sense at MN 68. 2) what has been heard/learned from another See also the analysis provided in footnote 1 here. ♦ At MN 76, two dangers of relying on an anussava are cited: the teachings or opinions may not be remembered correctly, and they may simply not be true. Anussava appears most often in two sets of either erroneous or uncertain grounds for accepting a teaching or a view: ♦ In conjunction with paramparā (what has been transmitted [by a tradition]), itikira (general consensus), piṭakasampadāna (what has been handed down in a collection of texts), takkahetu (the basis of logical reasoning), nayahetu (the basis of inference), ākāraparivitakka (deep reflection), diṭṭhinijjhānakkhanti, bhabbarūpatā (what seems probable), and “samaṇo no garū”ti ([the thought:] ‘The samaṇa is our revered teacher’). See for example AN 3.66 orAN 3.67. ♦ In conjunction with saddhā, ruci (liking), ākāraparivitakka (deep reflection), and diṭṭhinijjhānakkhanti. anuttaro purisadammasārathī: supreme leader of āpatti: vinaya offense. There are ten types of offenses: pārājika, saṅghādisesa, apāya: 1) ruin, loss, separation (from wealth or dear ones) 2) lapse, falling away (e.g. from good conduct) 3) state of woe, unhappy afterlife. Almost always associated with vinipāta and dug·gati. The apāya are traditionally numbered as four: birth as an asura, in petti·visaya, in tiracchāna·yoni and in niraya. ♦ According to AN 10.176, beings are lead to such states of existence by adopting the ten akusala kamma·pathas, often referred to as the threefold duccaritas. ♦ According to AN 8.54, there are four sources of apāya (ruin) in this human life: womanizing (itthi·dhutta), drunkenness (surā·dhutta), gambling (akkha·dhutta), and bad friends (pāpa·mitta). heedfulness, assiduity, diligence, seriousness of practice. The Commentary glosses it as similar in meaning to sati, although if the latter often refers to remembering the cultivation of skilful states, appamāda is rather focused on avoiding unskilful mental states. Bhikkhu Bodhi remarks: appamāda |
Katamo ca bhikkhave, appamādo? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cittaṃ rakkhati āsavesu ca sāsavesu ca dhammesu. |
And what, bhikkhus, is heedfulness? Here, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu protects his mind against the mental impurities and the mental states that accompany them. |
|
kathañca, bhikkhave, appamādavihārī hoti? cakkhundriyaṃ… |
And how, bhikkhus, does one dwell heedfully? In one, bhikkhus, who |
|
kathañca, nandiya, ariyasāvako appamādavihārī hoti? idha, nandiya, |
And how, Nandiya, does a noble disciple dwell heedfully? Here, Nandiya, a noble disciple is endowed with verified confidence in the Buddha… Dhamma… Sangha… with virtues that are pleasing to the noble ones… Not content with virtues that are pleasing to the noble ones, he strives further in solitude by day and seclusion by night. For him, dwelling thus heedfully, joy arises etc. (the same as above) |
hirīmāyaṃ, bhikkhave, ottāpī appamatto hoti. |
One, bhikkhus, who has conscientiousness and moral cautiousness is heedful. |
♦ Appamāda plays a very important role in the Buddha’s teaching, as his last words make it obvious (SN 6.15): |
‘vayadhammā saṅkhārā, appamādena sampādethā’ti. |
By nature, Fabrications pass away. Strive with heedfulness. |
♦ The Buddha states at AN 2.5 how decisive he considered appamāda had been for his own enlightenment: |
tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, appamādādhigatā sambodhi, appamādādhigato anuttaro yogakkhemo. |
It was through heedfulness, bhikkhus, that I achieved awakening, it was by heedfulness that I achieved the supreme relief from the yoke. |
♦ The importance of appamāda is often stressed with reference to the act of meditating (jhāyati) at the end of certain suttas, in the following formula: |
“yaṃ, bhikkhave, satthārā karaṇīyaṃ sāvakānaṃ hitesinā anukampakena |
What should be done by a Teacher out of compassion for his disciples, |
♦ Its importance is also attested at AN 10.15 and then illustrated by ten similes: |
ye keci, bhikkhave, dhammā kusalā kusalabhāgiyā kusalapakkhikā, sabbe te |
Whatever states there are that are skilful, partaking of the skilful, siding with the skilful, all of them are rooted in heedfulness, they converge in heedfulness, and heedfulness is reckoned as the foremost among them. |
♦ The Dhammapada has its own full Chapter II on the topic of appamāda. ♦ At AN 4.116, appamāda is recomended to abandon the threefold duccarita and micchā·diṭṭhi, and at AN 4.117 to prevent the three akusala·mūlas from taking over the mind as well as to ward off intoxication (mada). ♦ Miscellaneous quotes about appamāda: |
yassa kassaci appamādo atthi kusalesu dhammesu, tassa yā ratti vā divaso |
For one who is heedful in skilful mental states, whether night or day comes, only growth and not deterioration in skilful mental states is to be expected. |
|
appamādañca medhāvī, dhanaṃ seṭṭhaṃva rakkhati. |
A wise man guards heedfulness as his foremost treasure. |
|
‘appamattā viharissāma, tikkhaṃ maraṇassatiṃ bhāvessāma āsavānaṃ khayāyā’ti. |
We will remain heedful, we will develop mindfulness of death keenly for the destruction of mental impurities. |
♦ Miscellaneous quotes about lay practice: |
appamādo eko dhammo bhāvito bahulīkato ubho atthe samadhiggayha tiṭṭhati: diṭṭhadhammikañceva atthaṃ yo ca attho samparāyiko. |
Heedfulness is the one thing that, when developed and pursued, can bring |
|
sīlavā sīlasampanno appamādādhikaraṇaṃ mahantaṃ bhogakkhandhaṃ adhigacchati. |
The virtuous endowed with virtue accumulates much wealth thanks to heedfulness. |
|
“appamattassa te, mahārāja, viharato appamādaṃ upanissāya, attāpi gutto |
When, Mahārāja, you remain heedful, with heedfulness for support, you |
1) litt: fewness of desires; fact of being easily satisfied, of desiring little. 2) modesty, unpretentiousness. The word is close in meaning to santuṭṭhitā. The antonym is mahicchatā. ♦ At MN 4, appicchatā is opposed to lābha·sakkāra·siloka nikāmayati (desiring gain, honor and fame): |
na kho panāhaṃ lābhasakkārasilokaṃ nikāmayamāno araññavanapatthāni |
But I do not resort to distant forest lodgings desirous of gain, honor |
♦ At AN 8.23, appicchatā is referred to as not desiring others to know about one’s own good qualities: |
appiccho so, bhikkhu, kulaputto santeyeva attani kusaladhamme na icchati parehi ñāyamāne. |
That son a family, bhikkhu, has few desires, since he does not desire that others would know his inner wholesome qualities. |
♦ AN 8.30 defines the term along the same line, with direct reference to some of those qualities. ♦ At AN 1.63, appicchatā is presented as one of the core qualities to be developed: |
“nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā |
Bhikkhus, I do not see a single other quality on account of which |
|
“nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yo evaṃ saddhammassa |
Bhikkhus, I do not see a single other quality that leads to the |
āraddhavīriya: [āraddha+vīriya] 1) (n:) aroused energy 2) (n:) one who is energetic, who has aroused energy 3) (adj:) energetic, of/with aroused energy. Bala·sampanna (possessing strength) is a synonym (AN 3.97) and kusīta (lazy) is the antonym (SN 12.22 below). Asallīna (unflagging, tireless) is a synonym for āraddha (e.g. at MN 4). The associated noun is vīriy·ārambha. Being āraddha·vīriya is defined in two major ways. The general definition is as follows (e.g. at AN 8.30): |
Bhikkhu āraddha·vīriyo viharati a·kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya, |
A bhikkhu remains with aroused energy, for abandoning unskilful mental |
Another definition, more impressive, is sometimes given (e.g. at SN 21.3): |
‘āraddhavīriyo āraddhavīriyoti, bhante, vuccati. kittāvatā nu kho, |
‘One with aroused energy, one with aroused energy’, Bhante, is it said. |
♦ At SN 48.50, being āraddha·vīriya is seen as a consequence of having saddhā and as being a basis for developing sati, and then in turn samādhi. ♦ According to AN 1.18, being āraddha·vīriya, destroys and prevents the arising of thīna·middhā, which is one of the five nīvaraṇas. ♦ According to AN 1.61, being āraddha·vīriya, is the best way to foster kusalā dhammā and to remove akusalā dhammā. ♦ According to MN 118, in one who is āraddha·vīriya appears pīti nirāmisa (unworldly exaltation). ♦ Probably the most inspiring words about arousing energy are given at SN 12.22: |
“dukkhaṃ, bhikkhave, kusīto viharati vokiṇṇo pāpakehi akusalehi |
A lazy person, bhikkhus, dwells in suffering, full of evil unskilful |
maṇḍapeyyamidaṃ, bhikkhave, brahmacariyaṃ, satthā sammukhībhūto. |
This brahmic way, bhikkhus, is a beverage of cream; the Teacher is |
attatthaṃ vā hi, bhikkhave, sampassamānena alameva appamādena |
Seeing your own welfare, bhikkhus, is enough to strive with heedfulness; |
♦ According to AN 6.55, acc·āraddha·vīriya (excess of energy) leads to uddhacca (’acc·āraddha·vīriyaṃ uddhaccāya saṃvattati’) and according to MN 128, it can lead to falling away from samādhi, ♦ Vīriy·indriya (spiritual faculty of energy) is defined as being āraddha·vīriya (SN 48.9). ♦ According to AN 10.76, being āraddha·vīriya renders one capable of abandoning uddhacca, a·saṃvara (non-restraint) and dus·sīla (unvirtuous behavior). ♦ At AN 4.11, continuously suppressing the three types of unskilful vitakkas in all the four postures is described as being āraddha·vīriya. ♦ At AN 4.12, having abandoned the five nīvaraṇas, having established sati, passaddhi and finally being samāhita is described as being āraddha·vīriya. ♦ According to AN 1.324 and AN 1.325, being āraddha·vīriya leads to dukkha in a badly expounded teaching (dur·akkhāta dhamma·vinaya) and to sukha in a well expounded teaching (sv·ākkhāta dhamma·vinaya). arahant: lit: ‘a worthy one’. Derived from verb ‘arahati’ (to be worthy of, to deserve, to merit). It seems the term was already in use in India before the Buddha and used as an honorific title, particularly for samaṇas. arahatta: state of an arahant. arañña: forest, wilderness. ♦ Arañña is one of nine vivitta senāsana (secluded lodgings) often cited in the suttas as proper places for practice (eg. MN 27, AN 9.40): |
vivittaṃ senāsanaṃ bhajati araññaṃ rukkhamūlaṃ pabbataṃ kandaraṃ giriguhaṃ susānaṃ vanapatthaṃ abbhokāsaṃ palālapuñjaṃ. |
He resorts to a secluded dwelling: the forest, the foot of a tree, a |
Often, the list is shortened as follows: |
araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati… |
Having gone to the forest or at the foot of a tree or in an empty room, he seats down… |
In a few occasions, it is mentioned that brahmins or sages live in leaf huts in the forest (araññ·āyatane paṇṇa·kuṭīsu), as at DN 27, MN 93 and SN 11.9, or that the Buddha or other monks live in forest huts (arañña·kuṭika), as at SN 4.20, MN 125 or MN 136. ♦ Being a forest dweller (āraññika) was held |
“ime kho tiṃsamattā pāveyyakā bhikkhū sabbe āraññikā sabbe piṇḍapātikā |
These thirty bhikkhus from Pāvā are all forest dwellers, almsfood |
At SN 16.5, the list is expanded with additional qualities: · piṇḍapāt·ika (almsfood eater) · paṃsu·kūl·ika (cast-off rags wearer) · te·cīvar·ika (three-robes-only user) · appiccha · asaṃsaṭṭha (lonesome) |
“ahaṃ kho, bhante, dīgharattaṃ āraññiko ceva āraññikattassa ca |
Bhante, for a long time I have been a forest dweller and have praised |
♦ Forest dwelling is often recommended to the monks, as at AN 5.114: |
“ye te, ānanda, bhikkhū navā acirapabbajitā adhunāgatā imaṃ |
Ananda, the new monks — those who have not long gone forth, who are |
(…) |
(…) |
“‘etha tumhe, āvuso, āraññikā hotha, araññavanapatthāni pantāni |
‘Come, friends, dwell in the forest. Resort to distant forest thicket |
|
“addhamidaṃ, bhikkhave, lābhānaṃ yadidaṃ āraññikattaṃ”ti. |
This is truly a gain, bhikkhus: being a forest dweller. |
|
Pañcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu ānāpānassatiṃ āsevanto |
Endowed with five qualities, a bhikkhu practicing mindfulness of |
♦ The benefits of dwelling in the forest are mentioned in various places, such as AN 2.31: |
“dvāhaṃ, bhikkhave, atthavase sampassamāno araññavanapatthāni pantāni |
Bhikkhus, I resort to distant forest thicket lodgings seeing two |
At MN 150, dwelling in the forest is considered a warrant for being a worthy bhikkhu. |
“sace pana vo, gahapatayo, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā evaṃ puccheyyuṃ: ‘ke |
And if, householders, heterodox spiritual wanderers ask you: ‘And |
At MN 121, the perception of the forest that develops through forest dwelling is the basis for mental calm: |
bhikkhu amanasikaritvā gāmasaññaṃ, amanasikaritvā manussasaññaṃ, |
a bhikkhu, not directing his mind to the perception of villages, not |
At AN 6.42, the Buddha says he is pleased with a bhikkhu dwelling in the forest in three cases: |
idha panāhaṃ, nāgita, bhikkhuṃ passāmi āraññikaṃ araññe pacalāyamānaṃ |
Nāgita, I see a forest dwelling bhikkhu sitting in the forest, dozing. It occurs to me: ‘Soon |
“idha panāhaṃ, nāgita, bhikkhuṃ passāmi āraññikaṃ araññe asamāhitaṃ |
Furthermore, Nāgita, I see a forest dwelling bhikkhu sitting in the forest, unconcentrated. It occurs to me: ‘Soon this venerable one will concentrate his unconcentrated mind, or protect his concentrated mind.’ And for this reason, I am pleased with that bhikkhu’s dwelling in the forest. |
“idha panāhaṃ, nāgita, bhikkhuṃ passāmi āraññikaṃ araññe samāhitaṃ |
Furthermore, Nāgita, I see a forest dwelling bhikkhu sitting in the forest, concentrated. It occurs to me: ‘Soon this venerable one will liberate his unliberated mind, or protect his liberated mind.’ And for this reason, I am pleased with that bhikkhu’s dwelling in the forest. |
♦ The fact that bhikkhus keep dwelling in the forest is very important, as stated at AN 7.23: |
“yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū āraññakesu senāsanesu sāpekkhā |
As long as the bhikkhus will appreciate lodgings in the forest, one can expect their prosperity, not their decline. |
|
“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhavissanti bhikkhū anāgatamaddhānaṃ senāsane |
Furthermore, bhikkhus, in the future there will be monks desirous of |
♦ But dwelling in the forest is nothing easy, as attested at MN 4: |
durabhisambhavāni hi kho, brāhmaṇa, araññavanapatthāni pantāni |
It is difficult to endure distant forest thicket lodgings, it is |
The sutta then goes on to describe qualities that · a·parisuddha·kāya·kammantā (unpurified bodily conduct) · a·parisuddha·vacī·kammantā (unpurified verbal conduct) · a·parisuddha·mano·kammantā (unpurified mental conduct) · a·parisuddh·ājīvā (unpurified livelihood) · abhijjhālū kāmesu tibba·sā·rāgā (being covetous in sensuality and strongly passionate) · byāpanna·cittā paduṭṭha·mana·saṅkappā (having a mind of ill will and intentions of hate) · thīna·middha·pariyuṭṭhitā (being overcome by sloth and drowsiness) · uddhatā a·vūpasanta·cittā (being restless with an unappeased mind) · kaṅkhī vicikicchī (uncertain and doubting) · att·ukkaṃsakā paravambhī (praising oneself and disparaging others) · chambhī bhīruka·jātikā (subject to panic and terror) · lābha·sakkāra·silokaṃ nikāmayamānā (desirous of honors, gain and fame) · kusītā hīna·vīriyā (lazy and low in energy) · muṭṭhas·satī a·sampajānā (unmindful and not clearly comprehending) · a·samāhitā vibbhanta·cittā (unconcentrated with a wandering mind) · dup·paññā eḷa·mūgā (of wrong wisdom, deaf-and-dumb - see MN 152) A wonderful simile illustrates this difficulty at AN 10.99: |
“durabhisambhavāni hi kho, upāli, araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni. |
It is difficult to endure distant forest thicket lodgings, Upāli, it is |
“seyyathāpi, upāli, mahāudakarahado. atha āgaccheyya hatthināgo |
Imagine, Upāli, that there would be a large lake. A bull elephant would |
“atha āgaccheyya saso vā biḷāro vā. tassa evamassa: ‘ko cāhaṃ, ko ca |
Then a hare or a cat would come. It would occur to it: ‘Why should a |
Eventually, the Buddha even advises Upāli not to dwell in the forest: |
iṅgha tvaṃ, upāli, saṅghe viharāhi. saṅghe te viharato phāsu bhavissatī”ti. |
Come, Upāli, remain in the Saṅgha. Remaining in the Saṅgha, you will be at ease. |
|
“catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu nālaṃ |
Endowed with [any of] four qualities, a monk isn’t fit to stay in |
“catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃ |
Endowed with four qualities, a monk is fit to stay in isolated forest |
|
“santi kho, migajāla, cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā |
“Migajala, there are forms cognizable via the eye — agreeable, pleasing, |
ariya: (adj:) noble - (n:) a noble one. The earliest evidence for the use of the word ‘arya’ (e.g. The Behistun Inscription,
♦ Ariya as an adjective is juxtaposed 15 times in the four Nikāyas with niyyānika (leading out [to salvation], emancipatory). It can actually be understood as meaning ‘leading to the end of dukkha‘, as explained at MN 12: |
“tāyapi kho ahaṃ, sāriputta, iriyāya tāya paṭipadāya tāya |
“Yet, Sariputta, by such conduct, by such practice, by such performance |
|
“ahañca kho, bhikkhave, ariyaṃ dhovanaṃ desessāmi, yaṃ dhovanaṃ |
Bhikkhus, I will teach [you] a noble washing that leads exclusively to |
|
“dvemā, bhikkhave, pariyesanā: ariyā ca pariyesanā, anariyā ca |
Bhikkhus, there are these two quests: ignoble quest & noble quest. |
… |
… |
“katamā ca, bhikkhave, ariyā pariyesanā? idha, bhikkhave, ekacco attanā |
And what, bhikkhus, is the noble quest? Here someone, being himself |
♦ Ariya as a noun has been traditionally understood as designating an individual who is at least a sotāpanna. |
santaṃyeva kho pana paraṃ lokaṃ ‘natthi paro loko’ti āha; ye te arahanto paralokaviduno tesamayaṃ paccanīkaṃ karoti… |
Because there actually is the next world, when he says that ‘There is no next world,’ he makes himself an opponent to those arahants who know the next world… |
ayañca… ariyānaṃ paccanīkatā |
this… opposition to the noble ones |
At AN 7.91 and 92, a noble one is described as one |
“sattannaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammānaṃ ārakattā-(Burmese |
Bhikkhus, it is by keeping far away from/the enemy-destruction of seven |
The exact same description is given in the next sutta with reference to arahantship: |
“sattannaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammānaṃ ārakattā arahā hoti. katamesaṃ |
Bhikkhus, it is by keeping far away from seven things that one is a |
Similarly, at MN 39 a noble one and an arahant are described in exactly the same terms: |
“kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ariyo hoti? ārakāssa honti pāpakā akusalā |
“And how is a monk noble? His evil, unskillful qualities that are |
“kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu arahaṃ hoti? ārakāssa honti pāpakā akusalā |
“And how is a monk an arahant? His evil, unskillful qualities that are |
But on the other hand, some suttas make it clear that a noble one is not always an arahant: |
“kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ariyappatto hoti? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu |
And how has a bhikkhu attained [the state of] a noble one? Here, a |
|
“katamo ca, bhikkhave, pariyāyo yaṃ pariyāyaṃ āgamma sekho bhikkhu |
And what, bhikkhus, is the method coming to which a bhikkhu who is a |
As made clear later on in that same sutta (not provided here), a learner (sekha) |
ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako diṭṭhisampanno itipi, |
This, bhikkhus, is called a noble disciple who is accomplished in view, |
Here the expression ‘dhamma·sotaṃ samāpanno’ quite obviously describes a sot·āpanna. Moreover, SN 56.36 states that one accomplished in view (diṭṭhi·sampanno) ♦ The suttas occasionally mention some characteristics of ariyas: |
akkodho avihiṃsā ca, ariyesu ca vasatī sadā |
Non-anger and harmlessness always dwell in the noble ones |
|
sukhaṃ diṭṭhamariyebhi, sakkāyassa nirodhanaṃ |
The noble ones have seen as pleasantness the ceasing of personality |
♦ Occasionally, the epithet ariya changes the meaning of the related word in a way that goes beyond merely adding to it the notion of ‘leading to the end of dukkha‘. Thus, noble silence (ariya tuṇhī·bhāva) means the second jhāna: |
‘ariyo tuṇhībhāvo, ariyo tuṇhībhāvoti vuccati. katamo nu kho ariyo |
‘”Noble silence, noble silence,” it is said. But what is noble silence?’ |
AN 4.251 & 253, AN 8.67 & 68 state that factual ‘declarations’ (vohāra) are noble. ♦ The Buddha often redefines certain concepts ‘in the discipline of the noble ones’ (ariyassa vinaye). Death (maraṇa) means disrobing, and deadly suffering (maraṇa·matta dukkha) means a certain defiled offence (aññataraṃ saṃkiliṭṭhaṃ āpattiṃ), i.e. a pārājika or a saṅghādisesa āpatti (MN 105, SN 20.10). The four jhānas are called ‘pleasant abidings in the visible world’ (diṭṭha·dhamma·sukha·vihāra), e.g. at MN 8. Singing is wailing, dancing is madness and laughing a long time showing the teeth is childish (AN 3.108). A poor person ‘in the discipline of the noble ones’ is one who doesn’t have saddhā, hiri, ottappa, vīriya and paññā (AN 6.45). ‘The world’ (loka) means the five kāma·guṇas (AN 9.38) or whatever is subject to disintegration (paloka·dhamma), at SN 35.67. ‘Purity’ (or ‘purification’, soceyya) means the ten kusala kamma·pathas (AN 10.176). ‘A thorn’ (kaṇṭaka) is whatever in the world has a pleasing and agreeable nature (yaṃ loke piya·rūpaṃ sāta·rūpaṃ), at SN 35.197. ♦ What is ignoble (an·ariya) can be defined as what does not lead to nibbāna: |
etaṃ, bhikkhave, dhovanaṃ hīnaṃ gammaṃ pothujjanikaṃ anariyaṃ anatthasaṃhitaṃ na nibbidāya na virāgāya na nirodhāya na upasamāya na abhiññāya na sambodhāya na nibbānāya saṃvattati. |
This ‘washing’ is inferior, vulgar, belonging to ordinary people, ignoble, not beneficial, and it does not lead to disenchantment, to dispassion, to cessation, to peace, to direct knowledge, to awakening, to Extinction. |
Sense pleasures are typically ignoble: |
yaṃ kho, udāyi, ime pañca kāmaguṇe paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṃ somanassaṃ |
Now, Udāyin, the pleasure and mental pleasantness that arise dependent |
SN 56.11 most notably explains that both the pursuit of happiness in sensuality and that of mortification are ignoble: |
Yo c·āyaṃ kāmesu kāma·sukh·allik·ānuyogo hīno gammo pothujjaniko |
On one hand, the pursuit of hedonism in sensuality, which is inferior, |
At MN 122, the tiracchāna·kathā ♦ The suttas often warn against misconduct towards ariyas. |
yam·ariya·garahī nirayaṃ upeti, |
He who blames the noble ones, |
The following sentence frequently appears in the suttas, as part of the sattānaṃ cut·ūpapāta·ñāṇa formula (available here): |
“ime vata bhonto sattā… ariyānaṃ upavādakā… te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapannā |
Those esteemed beings [who were]… revilers of noble ones… at the |
AN 11.6 explains what would happen to such a person: |
“yo so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu akkosako paribhāsako ariyūpavādo |
“Bhikkhus, when a bhikkhu is one who insults, disparages his fellows in |
anadhigataṃ nādhigacchati, |
He does not achieve what he has not yet achieved, |
ariya aṭṭhaṅgika magga: [ariya aṭṭha+aṅga+ika magga]
noble eightfold path.
The expression and its factors (aṅgā) are explained in full detail in the Vibhaṅga Sutta:
1. sammā·diṭṭhi 3. sammā·vācā |
5. sammā·ājīva 6. sammā·vāyāma 7. sammā·sati |
Katamo ca, bhikkhave, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo? Seyyathidaṃ sammādiṭṭhi, |
Now what, monks, is the Noble Eightfold Path? Right view, right resolve, |
Katamā ca, bhikkhave, sammādiṭṭhi? Yaṃ kho, bhikkhave, dukkhe ñāṇaṃ, |
And what, monks, is right view? Knowledge with regard to stress, |
Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammāsaṅkappo? Yo kho, bhikkhave, |
And what is right resolve? Being resolved on renunciation, on freedom |
Katamā ca, bhikkhave, sammāvācā? Yā kho, bhikkhave, musāvādā veramaṇī, |
And what is right speech? Abstaining from lying, abstaining from |
Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammā-kammanto? Yā kho, bhikkhave, pāṇātipātā |
And what, monks, is right action? Abstaining from taking life, |
Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammā-ājīvo? Idha, bhikkhave, ariya-sāvako |
And what, monks, is right livelihood? There is the case where a disciple |
Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammāvāyāmo? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu anuppannānaṃ |
And what, monks, is right effort? (i) There is the case where a monk |
Katamā ca, bhikkhave, sammāsati? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu |
And what, monks, is right mindfulness? (i) There is the case where a |
Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammāsamādhi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu |
And what, monks, is right concentration? (i) There is the case where a |
♦ The ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga is most famously introduced at SN 56.11 as the Middle Way (majjhimā paṭipadā), i.e. the path avoiding both hedonism and self-mortification: |
Dve·me, bhikkhave, antā pabbajitena na sevitabbā. Katame dve? Yo c·āyaṃ |
These two extremes, bhikkhus, should not be adopted by one who has gone |
♦ The ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga is also introduced later on in that same sutta as the fourth ariya·sacca: |
Idaṃ kho pana, bhikkhave, dukkha·nirodha·gāminī paṭipadā ariya·saccaṃ: |
Furthermore, bhikkhus, this is the noble truth of path leading to the |
♦ As explained above at SN 56.11, the ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga is what leads to nibbāna. At SN 45.62, the former leads towards the latter just as the river Ganges slants, slopes, and inclines towards the east (seyyathāpi gaṅgā nadī pācīna·ninnā pācīna·poṇā pācīna·pabbhārā). At SN 45.86, the path is like a tree slanting, sloping and inclining towards the east (seyyathāpi rukkho pācīna·ninno pācīna·poṇo pācīna·pabbhāro) and that could only fall towards that direction if it were to be cut at the foot. It is also said to be the way leading to amata (amata·gāmi·maggo, SN 45.7), or to the unconditioned (a·saṅkhata·gāmi·maggo, SN 43.11). ♦ The ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga has its own entire saṃyutta (SN 45), that is rich in similes and explanations. ♦ The ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga is given various designations. At MN 19, it is called ‘The peaceful and safe path to be followed with exaltation’ (khemo maggo sovatthiko pīti·gamanīyo). It is often identified with the brahmacariya (e.g. SN 45.6), or with asceticism (sāmañña) such as at SN 45.35, or brahminhood (brahmañña) such as at SN 45.36. At SN 12.65, it is the ancient path, the ancient road traveled by the sammā·Sambuddhā of the past. At SN 35.191, the ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga is compared to a raft to cross over from identity to ‘the other shore’, which stands for nibbāna. At SN 45.4, after Ānanda sees a brahmin on a luxurious chariot and calls it a ‘brahmic vehicle’ (brahma·yāna), the Buddha says that is actually a designation for the ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga, along with the ‘Dhamma vehicle’ (dhamma·yāna) and the ’supreme victory in battle’ (anuttara saṅgāma·vijaya). The ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga is also called rightness (sammatta, SN 45.21), kusalā dhammā (SN 45.22), the right way (sammā·paṭipada, SN 45.23) and right practice (sammā·paṭipatti, SN 45.31). ♦ The ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga is part of a set of 37 dhammas which are sometimes listed together (e.g. at AN 10.90, SN 22.81). They are sometimes called the bodhipakkhiyā dhammā, although this expression doesn’t have a strict definition in the suttas and is loosely used to describe other sets. The ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga is also said at SN 45.155 to develop those bodhi·pakkhiya·dhammā. ♦ Each factor (aṅga) of the path is said to lead to the next: |
“sammattaṃ, bhikkhave, āgamma ārādhanā hoti, no virādhanā. kathañca, |
Having come to rightness, bhikkhus, there is success, not failure. And |
A similar progression is also notably found at SN |
“tatra, bhikkhave, sammādiṭṭhi pubbaṅgamā hoti. kathañca, bhikkhave, |
Therein, bhikkhus, right view is the forerunner. And how is right view |
… |
… |
so micchāsaṅkappassa pahānāya vāyamati, sammāsaṅkappassa upasampadāya, |
One makes an effort to abandon wrong thought and to acquire right |
♦ The enumeration of each path factor is sometimes The second formula can be found at SN 45.4 and says: ‘which The third one is found for example at SN 45.115 and says: ‘which has the Deathless as its ground, the Deathless as its destination, the Deathless as its final goal’ (amat·ogadha amata·parāyana amata·pariyosāna). The fourth is found for example at SN 45.91 and says: ‘which slants towards Nibbāna, slopes towards Nibbāna, inclines towards Nibbāna‘ (nibbāna·ninna nibbāna·poṇa nibbāna·pabbhāra). ♦ The ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga, if unarisen, does not arise apart from the appearance of a Buddha (n·āññatra tathāgatassa pātubhāvā arahato sammāsambuddhassa, SN 45.14) or the Discipline of a Sublime one (n·āññatra sugata·vinaya, SN 45.15). ♦ At SN 55.5, the ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga is what defines sotāpatti, since sota (the stream) is the ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga itself, and a sotāpanna is one who possesses it: |
— |
— |
— |
— |
… |
… |
— |
— |
— |
— |
♦ At MN 126, the 8 factors of the ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga are presented as a technology of the mind (’a proper method for procuring fruit’: yoni hesā phalassa adhigamāya) ♦ At AN 4.237, the 8 factors of the ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga constitute ‘kamma that is neither dark nor bright with neither-dark-nor-bright result, that leads to the destruction of kamma‘ (kammaṃ a·kaṇhā·sukkaṃ a·kaṇhā·sukka·vipākaṃ, kamma·kkhayāya saṃvattati). ♦ The ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga is not seldom augmented to become a tenfold set, with the addition of sammā·ñāṇa and sammā·vimutti. SN 45.26 seems to indicate that these two factors are relevant only for the arahant, as they are what makes the difference between a sappurisa and someone who is better than a sappurisa (sappurisena sappurisataro). ♦ Ten phenomena are said to be the precursors for the arising of the ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga, the first seven according to the following simile: |
sūriyassa, bhikkhave, udayato etaṃ pubbaṅgamaṃ etaṃ pubbanimittaṃ, |
This, bhikkhus, is the forerunner and foretoken of the rising of the |
In each case, it is said that when a bhikkhu satisfies the condition, ‘it 1. Mentioned most often is kalyāṇa·mittatā (with the above sunrise simile at SN 45.49). It is most famously said at SN 45.2 to be the entire brahmacariya (sakalam·ev·idaṃ brahmacariyaṃ), since it can be expected from one who develops it that he will practice the ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga, all the more that as we have seen earlier (e.g. at SN 45.6), brahmacariya is also defined as the ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga itself. We find as well a formula reminiscent of the suttas found at the beginning of AN 1: |
nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi, yena anuppanno vā |
I do not see even one other thing, bhikkhus, because of which the |
2. Sīla |
seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ye keci balakaraṇīyā kammantā karīyanti, sabbe |
Just as, bhikkhus, whatever actions are to be performed with strength |
|
seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ye kecime bījagāmabhūtagāmā vuḍḍhiṃ virūḷhiṃ |
Just as, bhikkhus, whatever kinds of seed and plant life come to |
3. Appamāda 4. Sammā·diṭṭhi (AN 10.121) or accomplishment in view (diṭṭhi·sampadā, SN 45.53), 5. Accomplishment in desire (chanda·sampadā) is mentioned with the sunrise simile at SN 45.51. The Commentary explains it as desire for kusalā dhammā. In a related meaning, the word chanda appears notably in the sammā·vāyāma formula. 6. Accomplishment in self (atta·sampadā), mentioned with the sunrise simile at SN 45.52. The commentary explains the expression as sampanna·citta·tā (accomplishment in mind), which suggests the attainment of samādhi (see adhi·citta·sikkhā). The expression ‘atta·ññū hoti’ (one who knows himself) may explain the term. At SN 7.68, it is explained as knowing oneself to have saddhā, sīla, learning (suta), cāga, paññā and understanding (paṭibhāna). 7. Accomplishment in appropriate attention (yoniso·manasikāra-sampadā), mentioned with the sunrise simile at SN 45.52. 8, 9 & 10. Vijjā followed by hiri and ottappa (anva·d·eva hir·ottappa) is said to be the forerunner (pubb·aṅgama) in the entry upon kusalā dhammā (kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpatti) at SN 45.1 and AN 10.105. ♦ The ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga is said at AN 4.34 to be the highest (agga) of saṅkhatā dhammā and to bring the highest vipākā. ♦ As we have seen above at SN 56.11, the ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga produces ñāṇa·dassana and leads to upasama, sambodhi and Nibbāna. Between SN 45.161 and SN 45.180, it is also said to lead to the direct knowledge (abhiññā), full understanding (pariññā), complete destruction (parikkhaya), and abandoning (pahāna) of various phenomena: the three discriminations (vidhā), i.e. ‘I am superior’ (‘seyyo·ham·asmī’ti), ‘I am equal’ (‘sadiso·ham·asmī’ti), ‘I am inferior’ (hīno·ham·asmī’ti); the three searches (esanā), i.e. the search for sensuality (kām·esanā), the search for [a good] existence (bhav·esanā), the search for the brahmic life (brahmacariy·esanā); the three āsavā; the three bhavā; the three sufferings (dukkhatā), i.e. the suffering from pain (dukkha·dukkhatā), the suffering from Constructions (saṅkhāra·dukkhatā), the suffering from change (vipariṇāma·dukkhatā); the three akusalamulā; the three types of vedanā; kāma, diṭṭhi and avijjā; the four upādānā; abhijjhā, byāpāda, sīla·bbata parāmāsa and adherence to [the view] ‘This [alone] is the truth’ (idaṃ·sacc·ābhinivesa); the seven anusayā; the five kāma·guṇā; the five nīvaraṇā; the five upādāna·kkhandhas; the ten saṃyojanā. ♦ The ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga also leads to the cessation (nirodha) of phenomena: MN 9 lists all the twelve links of paṭicca·samuppāda, the four āhārā and the three āsavā; AN 6.63 additionally speaks of the cessation of kāma and kamma; SN 22.56 mentions the cessation of each of the five upādāna·kkhandhas. ♦ The ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga is the tool to remove akusalā dhammā. In that respect, MN 3 directly mentions all the 16 upakkilesā (with dosa in place of byāpāda). A number of similes illustrating this point are given in the Magga Saṃyutta: at SN 45.153, akusalā dhammā ♦ The ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga gives strength
|
“seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, āgantukāgāraṃ. tattha puratthimāyapi disāya |
Suppose, monks, there is a guest-house. Travelers come from the east, |
“katame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā abhiññā pariññeyyā? pañcupādānakkhandhātissa vacanīyaṃ… |
What, monks, are the states to be comprehended with higher knowledge? They are the five groups of clinging… |
katame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā abhiññā pahātabbā? avijjā ca bhavataṇhā ca… |
What, monks, are the states to be abandoned with higher knowledge? They are ignorance and the desire for [further] becoming… |
katame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā abhiññā sacchikātabbā? vijjā ca vimutti ca… |
And what, monks, are the states to be experienced with higher knowledge? They are knowledge and liberation… |
katame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā abhiññā bhāvetabbā? samatho ca vipassanā ca. |
And what, monk, are the states to be cultivated with higher knowledge? They are calm and insight. |
ariyasacca: [ariya+sacca] noble truth. The four ariya·saccas are expounded by the Buddha in his very first discourse, the Dhamma-cakka’p'pavattana Sutta. It consists of:
ariyasāvaka: [ariya+sāvaka] noble disciple. arūpabhava: [a+rūpa+bhava] existence/ becoming in the formless realm, which is taken as meaning those Brahmā-lokas which are accessible only to those who master at least the fifth jhāna. Arūpa-bhava is one of the three types of bhava. asantuṭṭhitā: [a+santuṭṭhitā] discontent, dissatisfaction. discontent, dissatisfied ♦ Sometimes, the adjective a·santuṭṭha is used with a rather neutral connotation, as at SN 35.198, where a bhikkhu is simply not satisfied with the answers given to his question. ♦ Most of the time, the word and its lexical derivatives carry a negative (akusala) connotation: |
“nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā |
I do not see even one other thing, bhikkhus, because of which unarisen |
|
“nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yo evaṃ mahato anatthāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, asantuṭṭhitā. |
I do not see even one other thing, bhikkhus, that leads to such great harm as discontent. |
|
“nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yo evaṃ saddhammassa |
I do not see even one other thing, bhikkhus, that leads to the decline |
|
“so vatānanda, bhikkhu ‘asantuṭṭho samāno imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjissatī’ti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. |
It is impossible, Ānanda, that a bhikkhu who is not content will find growth, progress, and completion in this Dhamma-Vinaya. |
When the word carries such a connotation, being a·santuṭṭha is explained as follows: |
bhikkhu mahiccho hoti, vighātavā, asantuṭṭho, itarītara-cīvara-piṇḍapāta-senāsana-gilāna-ppaccaya-bhesajja-parikkhārena |
a bhikkhu has great desires, is annoyed and is not content with whatever |
As it is the case above, the word a·santuṭṭhitā or its lexical derivatives are very often juxtaposed with mahicchatā, which can almost be considered a synonym. In the Vinaya, lay people who are offended by bhikkhus’ behavior often say: |
mahicchā ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā asantuṭṭhā. |
These ascetics sons of the Sakyan are of great desires, not contented. |
This happens typically when misbehaving bhikkhus put AN 4.157 maps the concept with others: a·santuṭṭhitā leads to evil desire (pāpika iccha) for recognition (an·avañña) and lābha·sakkāra·siloka, then to wrong effort (vāyama) and finally deceiving families by pretending to be much worthier than one actually is: |
“cattārome, bhikkhave, pabbajitassa rogā. katame cattāro? idha, |
Bhikkhus, there are these four sicknesses of one gone forth. What four? |
The sutta then goes on to explain the cure, which |
“tasmātiha, bhikkhave, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ: ‘na mahicchā bhavissāma |
Therefore, bhikkhus, you should train thus: ‘We won’t have great |
In this sense, at AN 6.114, asantuṭṭhitā is juxtaposed with mahicchatā and a·sampajañña (lack of thorough comprehension). It serves as a criterion to know whether one can dwell on his own or should stay amid other monks: |
“pañcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu nālaṃ saṅghamhā |
If he is endowed with five qualities, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu is not fit to |
Laypeople must also avoid this kind of asantuṭṭhitā: |
“sehi dārehi asantuṭṭho, vesiyāsu padussati, dussati paradāresu, taṃ parābhavato mukhaṃ”. |
Not satisfied with one’s own wives, he is seen among the whores and the wives of others — this is the cause of his downfall. |
♦ Although the word is mostly used with this negative connotation, it is also occasionally used with a positive (kusala) connotation. At AN 7.56 the devas who are content with their Brahmā state and do not know a higher escape (nissaraṇa) do not understand what those who are not content with that state and do know something higher may understand: |
ye kho te, mārisa moggallāna, brahmakāyikā devā brahmena āyunā |
Sir Moggallāna, the devas of Brahmā’s retinue who are content with a |
At AN 2.5, asantuṭṭhitā applied to wholesome states (kusalā dhammā) is presented as very important for developing further on the path: |
dvinnāhaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammānaṃ upaññāsiṃ: yā ca asantuṭṭhitā kusalesu dhammesu, yā ca appaṭivānitā padhānasmiṃ. |
Bhikkhus, I have come to know two qualities: non-contentment with wholesome states and tirelessness in exertion. |
At SN 55.40, being satisfied with the four usual sot·āpattiy·aṅgas leads to not making an effort (vāyama) in solitude (paviveka), and then to successively miss on pāmojja, pīti and passaddhi, and finally dwell in dukkha, which is considered living with pamāda, while not being satisfied with them prompts one to make the effort in solitude and experience successively pāmojja, pīti, passaddhi, sukha, samādhi, the fact that phenomena have become manifest, and finally living with appamāda. At AN 6.80, the word is interestingly surrounded by related concepts: |
chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu nacirasseva mahantattaṃ |
If he is endowed with six qualities, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu attains in no |
asappurisa: [a+sappurisa] The word is always contrasted with sappurisa. Bāla is sometimes explicitly mentioned as a synonym: |
‘bālo ayaṃ bhavaṃ asappuriso’’ti. |
‘This individual is a fool, a bad person’. |
The term is defined multiple times. We find in the suttas three main ways to define it. According to the micchā·paṭipadā: |
katamo ca, bhikkhave, asappuriso? idha, bhikkhave, ekacco micchādiṭṭhiko |
And what, bhikkhus, is a bad person? Here, bhikkhus, someone is of wrong |
“katamo ca, bhikkhave, asappurisena asappurisataro? idha, bhikkhave, |
And what, bhikkhus, is one who is worse than a bad person? Here, |
According to various subsets of the ten akusalā kamma·pathā: |
“katamo ca, bhikkhave, asappuriso? idha, bhikkhave, ekacco pāṇātipātī |
And what, bhikkhus, is a bad person? Here, bhikkhus, someone destroys |
“katamo ca, bhikkhave, asappurisena asappurisataro? idha, bhikkhave, |
And what, bhikkhus, is one who is worse than a bad person? Here, |
According to a particular set of bad qualities: |
“katamo ca, bhikkhave, asappuriso? idha, bhikkhave, ekacco assaddho |
And what, bhikkhus, is a bad person? Here, bhikkhus, someone doesn’t |
“katamo ca, bhikkhave, asappurisena asappurisataro? idha, bhikkhave, |
And what, bhikkhus, is one who is worse than a bad person? Here, |
The term is also defined or explained at great length in two suttas of the Majjhima Nikāya: |
asappuriso, bhikkhave, assaddhammasamannāgato hoti, asappurisabhatti |
“A person of no integrity is endowed with qualities of no integrity; he |
“kathañca, bhikkhave, asappuriso assaddhammasamannāgato hoti? idha, |
“And how is a person of no integrity endowed with qualities of no |
“kathañca, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisabhatti hoti? idha, bhikkhave, |
“And how is a person of no integrity a person of no integrity in his |
“kathañca, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisacintī hoti? idha, bhikkhave, |
“And how is a person of no integrity a person of no integrity in the way |
“kathañca, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisamantī hoti? idha, bhikkhave, |
“And how is a person of no integrity a person of no integrity in the way |
“kathañca, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisavāco hoti? idha, bhikkhave, |
“And how is a person of no integrity a person of no integrity in the way |
“kathañca, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisakammanto hoti? idha, |
“And how is a person of no integrity a person of no integrity in the way |
“kathañca, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisadiṭṭhi hoti? idha, bhikkhave, |
“And how is a person of no integrity a person of no integrity in the |
“kathañca, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisadānaṃ deti? idha, bhikkhave, |
“And how is a person of no integrity a person of no integrity in the way |
“so, bhikkhave, asappuriso evaṃ assaddhammasamannāgato, evaṃ |
“This person of no integrity, thus endowed with qualities of no |
|
“katamo ca, bhikkhave, asappurisadhammo? idha, bhikkhave, asappuriso |
“And which is the quality of a person of no integrity? “There is the |
“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso mahākulā pabbajito hoti … |
“Furthermore, a person of no integrity goes forth from a great family… |
“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso ñāto hoti yasassī… lābhī hoti |
“Furthermore, a person of no integrity is well-known & highly |
The sutta doesn’t mention the behavior of an asappurisa who would attain saññā·vedayita·nirodha, while it mentions that of a sappurisa who would, which suggests that a person who reaches such a state can no longer be an asappurisa. ♦ An asappurisa can be recognized by the way he relates to his own and his fellows’ faults and virtues: |
“catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato asappuriso veditabbo. katamehi |
“Monks, a person endowed with these four qualities can be known as ‘a |
“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso yo hoti parassa vaṇṇo taṃ puṭṭhopi |
“Then again, a person of no integrity, when asked, does not reveal |
“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso yo hoti attano avaṇṇo taṃ puṭṭhopi |
“Then again, a person of no integrity, when asked, does not reveal his |
“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso yo hoti attano vaṇṇo taṃ apuṭṭhopi |
“Then again, a person of no integrity, when unasked, reveals his own |
♦ According to AN 2.33, an asappurisa is ungrateful (a·kat·aññū - ‘one who doesn’t know what has been done’) and unthankful (a·kata·vedī - ‘one who doesn’t feel what has been done’). ♦ At AN 2.135, someone who, without knowing well nor investigating (an·anuvicca a·pariy·ogāhetvā), speaks in praise of someone who deserves critic (a·vaṇṇ·ārahassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati), or criticizes someone who deserves praise (vaṇṇ·ārahassa a·vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati), is an asappurisa. In the immediately following sutta, the same holds for believing a matter that merits suspiscion (appasādanīye ṭhāne pasādaṃ upadaṃseti) or being suspicious about a matter that merits belief (pasādanīye ṭhāne appasādaṃ upadaṃseti). ♦ At AN 2.137, one who misbehaves (micchā·paṭipajjati) towards his mother or father is an asappurisa, and in the immediately following sutta, the same holds for the Tathāgata or one of his disciples (tathāgata·sāvaka). ♦ At AN 10.61, listening to a teaching that contradicts the saddhamma is caused by association with asappurisā. āsava: that which flows (out or on to) outflow and influx. 1) spirit, the intoxicating extract or secretion of a tree or flower. 2) discharge from a sore (AN 3.25). 3) that which intoxicates the mind (bemuddles it, The Buddha often refers to arahatta as the total destruction of āsavas (āsavakkhaya). Sāriputta lists āsavas as threefold at MN 9:
The Sabbāsava Sutta explains in detail how the different types of āsavas are to be eradicated. āsavānaṃ khayañāṇa: [āsava khaya+ñāṇa] knowledge of the ending of āsavas, which arises with arahatta. It is one of the three vijjās. The formula defining it is analyzed there. the conceit ‘I am’. The term asmi·māna can be considered as a variant form of māna, which constitutes one of the five saṃyojanas that disappear only with arahatta, and one of the seven anusayas. Thus, it is essentially something to get rid of. ♦ In this connection, anicca·saññā applied to the five upādāna·kkhandhas is often presented as the way to remove asmi·māna, e.g.: |
“kathaṃ bhāvitā ca, bhikkhave, aniccasaññā kathaṃ bahulīkatā… sabbaṃ |
And how, bhikkhus, is the perception of impermanence developed and |
In an equivalent statement, the term asmi·māna is mentioned as applying to the five upādāna·kkhandhas, and the term anicca·saññā is replaced by ‘udayabbay·ānupassī’ (observing apparition and extinction). |
pañca kho ime, ānanda, upādānakkhandhā yattha bhikkhunā |
There are these five clinging-aggregates where a monk should stay, |
As a matter of fact, it is revealed at AN 9.1 that anicca·saññā does not lead directly to asmi·māna·samugghāta (eradication of the conceit ‘I am’). Rather, anicca·saññā leads first to anatta·saññā, which is the actual proximate cause for that eradication to take place: |
Aniccasaññā bhāvetabbā asmimānasamugghātāya. Aniccasaññino, bhikkhave, |
The perception of inconstancy should be developed, for the eradication |
♦ An alternative tool for abandoning asmi·māna is kāyagatāsati: |
ekadhamme, bhikkhave, bhāvite bahulīkate asmimāno pahīyati. katamasmiṃ ekadhamme? kāyagatāya satiyā. |
When, bhikkhus, one thing is developed and practiced often, the conceit |
AN 6.29, which features a unique list of anussatis, provides a more specific information: it is the nine sivathika contemplations that help eradicating asmi·māna: |
so imameva kāyaṃ evaṃ upasaṃharati: ‘ayampi kho kāyo evaṃdhammo |
He compares this very body with it [the corpse]: ‘This body is also of |
♦ We find in the suttas a few illustrative evocations of asmi·māna At AN 4.38, through eradication of asmi·māna, a bhikkhu is called ‘patilīna’, At AN 5.71, one who has abandoned asmi·māna is said to be an ariya ‘with banner lowered’ (panna·ddhajo), ‘with burden dropped’ (panna·bhāra) and ‘detached’ or ‘unfettered’ (visaṃyutta). assāda: (apparent/sensory) satisfaction, enjoyment, gratification, sweetness, allure, happiness. Often cited together with ādīnava and nissaraṇa as characteristics to be understood regarding various dhammas: the five upādāna·kkhandhas, kāma, certain diṭṭhis etc. The assāda of a particular dhamma is generally described as the sukha and somanassa which arise on account of it. The assāda of kāma, rūpa and vedanā are explained in detail at MN 13. assutavā: [a+suta+vā] uninstructed/ ignorant person - lit: ‘one who has not heard/learnt’. 1) (n:) non-beauty, foulness, loathsomeness, digust, ugliness. 2) (adj:) foul, loathsome, disgusting, ugly, impure, unpleasant. Almost synonymous with paṭikūla. The contemplation of an asubha·nimitta is the way to develop asubha·saññā. ♦ The contemplation of an asubha object is exclusively aimed at removing rāga (e.g. MN 62, AN 6.107) or at removing kāma·cchanda, which is one of the five nīvaraṇas (with the help of an asubha·nimitta, at SN 46.51 and AN 1.16). ♦ In the Aṅguttara Nikāya, the expression ‘bhikkhu asubhānupassī kāye viharati’ (a bhikkhu dwells contemplating asubha in the body) appears as a synonym for the practice of asubha·saññā (at AN 10.60), often applied specifically to kāya, and generally in conjunction with āhāre paṭikūla·saññī, sabba·loke an·abhirata·saññī, sabba·saṅkhāresu anicc·ānupassī, and maraṇa·saññ[ī]. This set of five factors is said in various synonym ways to lead to nibbāna (e.g. AN 5.69). They can also lead a sick bhikkhu to arahatta (AN 5.121). Alternatively, in some cases they lead only to anāgāmita (AN 5.122). ♦ The expression ‘asubhānupassī kāye viharati’ is also described at AN 4.163 as participating of a painful mode of practice (dukkhā paṭipadā). ♦ Seeing as subha something which is actually asubha constitutes one of four saññā·vipallāsa (distortions of perception), citta·vipallāsa (perversions of the mind), diṭṭhi·vipallāsa (inversions of views), the other three being the corresponding misunderstanding of aniccā, dukkha and anatta (AN 4.49). ♦ At SN 54.9, ♦ For further information about asubha practices, see asubha·nimitta and asubha·saññā below. asubhanimitta: [asubha+nimitta] sign of the unattractive, characteristic of foulness. The practice is to apply the mind to something repulsive, either per se ♦ At SN 46.51 and AN 1.16, an asubha·nimitta is said to remove kāma·cchanda, which is one of the five nīvaraṇas. At AN 3.69, it is also said to remove rāga. ♦ One practice involving asubha·nimittas is described in most detail in the section on charnel grounds (sivathika) of the Mahā·sati·paṭṭhāna Sutta, although not directly mentioned with this terminology. ♦ For further information about asubha practices, see asubha·saññā below. perception of the unattractive, perception of foulness, perception of non-beauty. This practice is explained at AN 10.60: it consists in reviewing 31 body parts. ♦ According to AN 7.49, when one often applies his/her mind to this practice, he/she is automatically repulsed by methuna·dhamma·samāpatti (getting into sexual intercourse). ♦ The seven bojjhaṅgas can be developed in conjunction with asubha·saññā (SN 46.72). ♦ According to AN 7.27, so long as the bhikkhus practice asubha·saññā, only growth can be expected of them, not decline. ♦ In the Aṅguttara Nikāya, asubha·saññā appears almost always with āhāre paṭikūla·saññā, sabba·loke an·abhirata·saññā and maraṇa·saññā. They are often collectively recommended for the sake of understanding or removing rāga (e.g. AN 5.303). ♦ Other perceptions usually associated with asubha·saññā include anicca·saññā, anicce dukkha·saññā, anatta·saññā, ādīnava·saññā, pahāna·saññā, virāga·saññā and nirodha·saññā. asura: beings resembling titans or fallen angels. Considered as in a way similar to the devas, but as being in a duggati, ātāpī: (adj:) ardent, diligent, serious in effort, zealous. The term appears most prominently in the Satipaṭṭhāna formulas: |
bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhā-domanassaṃ. |
a bhikkhu dwells observing body in body, ardent, clearly comprehending, mindful, having given up covetousness and affliction towards the world. |
It is explicitly defined at SN 16.2 in formulas reminiscent of those describing sammā·vāyāma: |
“kathañcāvuso, ātāpī hoti? idhāvuso, bhikkhu ‘anuppannā me pāpakā akusalā dhammā uppajjamānā anatthāya saṃvatteyyun’ti ātappaṃ karoti, |
And how, friend, is one ardent? Here, friend, a bhikkhu exerts ardor [considering]: ‘If unarisen bad, unskillful mental states arise in me, it would lead to [my] misfortune’; he exerts ardor [considering]: ‘If arisen bad, unskillful mental states are not abandoned in me, it would lead to [my] misfortune’; he exerts ardor [considering]: ‘If unarisen skillful mental states do not arise in me, it would lead to [my] misfortune’; he exerts ardor [considering]: ‘If arisen skillful mental states cease in me, this may lead to [my] misfortune.’ Thus, friend, he is ardent. |
This definition is extended to include the ability to endure extreme dukkha·vedanā at AN 3.50: |
“yato kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu anuppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ anuppādāya ātappaṃ karoti, |
Bhikkhus, when a bhikkhu exerts ardor for the non-arising of |
Another example of what being ātāpī means is given at AN 4.11: |
“carato cepi… ṭhitassa cepi… nisinnassa cepi… sayānassa cepi, |
If while walking… while standing… while sitting… while lying down a |
And at AN 4.12: |
“carato cepi… ṭhitassa cepi… nisinnassa cepi… sayānassa cepi, |
If while walking… while standing… while sitting… while wakefully |
A list of terms that appear to be related to ātappaṃ karoti and may help gathering the meaning of ātāpī is given at SN 12.87: sikkhā karoti (practice the training), yoga karoti (exert dedication), chanda karoti (stir up the desire), ussoḷhī karoti (make an exertion), appaṭivānī karoti (exert persistence), vīriyaṃ karoti (exert energy), sātaccaṃ karoti (exert perseverance), sati karoti (exert mindfulness), sampajaññaṃ karoti (exert clear comprehension), appamādo karoti (exert heedfulness). |
upādānaṃ, bhikkhave, ajānatā apassatā yathābhūtaṃ upādāne yathābhūtaṃ |
Bhikkhus, one who does not know, who does not see attachment as it |
Another list is found at DN 3 and adds padhāna, anuyoga and sammā·manasikāra (probably a synonym for yoniso manasikāra): |
ekacco samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā ātappamanvāya padhānamanvāya anuyogamanvāya appamādamanvāya sammāmanasikāramanvāya tathārūpaṃ cetosamādhiṃ phusati |
Some renuniciate or brahmin, by means of ardor, by means of |
Some suttas help understanding what being ātāpī means, as they explain what may happen when the practitioner is in that state: |
“tassa ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno evaṃ satassa sampajānassa appamattassa ātāpino |
As a monk is dwelling thus mindful & alert — heedful, ardent, |
“tassa ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno evaṃ satassa sampajānassa appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato uppajjati adukkhamasukhā vedanā… yo kāye ca adukkhamasukhāya ca vedanāya avijjānusayo, so pahīyati. |
As he is dwelling thus mindful & alert — heedful, ardent, |
For a more refined understanding of the expression 1) The first shade of meaning is best illustrated by the verb tapati, meaning ‘to shine’, as at SN 1.26: ‘divā tapati ādicco’ (the sun shines by day) or at SN 21.11: ’sannaddho khattiyo tapati’ (the khattiya shines clad in armor). 2) The second shade of meaning can be derived |
“dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā tapanīyā. katame dve? idha, bhikkhave, |
Bhikkhus, these two things cause torment. Which two? Here, |
We also find various instances of words related to tapati, used to refer to dukkha·vipāka and the remorse the wrong-doer experiences: |
akataṃ dukkaṭaṃ seyyo, pacchā tapati dukkaṭaṃ. |
Better left undone is a wrong deed, for a wrong deed later brings torment. |
|
na taṃ kammaṃ kataṃ sādhu, yaṃ katvā anutappati. |
An action which, once performed, brings torment is not well done. |
|
idha tappati pecca tappati, |
The evil-doer is tormented here and is tormented hereafter, |
3) The third shade of meaning is also derived from |
“yo naṃ bharati sabbadā, |
The one who always supports her |
In another example, someone overcome by the three akusala·mūlas does not make an effort to correct the falsehood that is said to him: |
abhūtena vuccamāno ātappaṃ karoti tassa nibbeṭhanāya itipetaṃ atacchaṃ itipetaṃ abhūtanti. |
When he is told things that are not factual, he makes an effort to correct it: ‘It is not true because of this, it is not factual because of this’. |
4) The fourth connotation, stronger, is that of asceticism or austerities. |
iti evarūpaṃ anekavihitaṃ kāyassa ātāpana-paritāpan-ānuyogamanuyutto viharāmi. idaṃsu me, sāriputta, tapassitāya hoti. |
Thus in such a variety of ways I dwelt pursuing the practice of tormenting and mortifying the body. Such was my asceticism. |
Those austerities are depicted at MN 51: |
“katamo ca, bhikkhave, puggalo attantapo attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto? |
And what, bhikkhus, is the person who torments himself and pursues the practice of mortifying |
Given on one hand this close proximity of the term ātāpī with the vocabulary of austerity and mortification and on the other the fact that the Buddha recommends being ātāpī (most prominently in the satipaṭṭhāna First of all, it should be borne in mind that the |
“dveme, bhikkhave, antā pabbajitena na sevitabbā. katame dve? yo cāyaṃ |
These two extremes, bhikkhus, should not be adopted by one who has gone |
But at AN 10.94, |
|
|
— |
— |
— |
— |
… |
… [The Blessed One:] |
nāhaṃ, gahapati, sabbaṃ tapaṃ tapitabbanti vadāmi; na ca panāhaṃ, gahapati, sabbaṃ tapaṃ na tapitabbanti |
I don’t say that all asceticism is to be pursued, nor do I say that all asceticism is not to be pursued. |
“yañhi, gahapati, tapaṃ tapato akusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, kusalā dhammā parihāyanti, evarūpaṃ tapaṃ na tapitabbanti vadāmi. yañca khvassa gahapati, tapaṃ tapato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, evarūpaṃ tapaṃ tapitabbanti vadāmi. |
“If, when an ascetic practice is pursued, unskillful qualities grow and skillful qualities wane, then I tell you that that sort of asceticism is not to be pursued. But if, when an ascetic practice is pursued, unskillful qualities wane and skillful qualities grow, then I tell you that that sort of asceticism is to be pursued. |
“yañhi, gahapati, samādānaṃ samādiyato… padhānaṃ padahato… |
“If, when an observance is observed… when an exertion is pursued… a |
But again, by contrast, at SN 42.12, while still not |
ekamantaṃ nisinno kho rāsiyo gāmaṇi bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: |
Having sat down to one side, Rasiya the headman said to the Blessed One: |
— |
— |
— |
— |
… |
… |
“tatra, gāmaṇi, yvāyaṃ tapassī lūkhajīvī attānaṃ ātāpeti paritāpeti, |
Here, headman, regarding the ascetic leading a rough life who torments and tortures |
Yet the exact same combination of verbs, ‘ātāpeti paritāpeti’ (meaning here to heat and burn), |
“kathañca, bhikkhave, saphalo upakkamo hoti, saphalaṃ padhānaṃ? idha, |
“And how is striving fruitful, how is exertion fruitful? There is the |
“seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso itthiyā sāratto paṭibaddhacitto |
“Suppose that a man is in love with a woman, his mind ensnared with |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu iti paṭisañcikkhati: ‘yathāsukhaṃ kho |
“Furthermore, the monk notices this: ‘When I live according to my |
seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, usukāro tejanaṃ dvīsu alātesu ātāpeti paritāpeti ujuṃ karoti kammaniyaṃ. yato kho, bhikkhave, usukārassa tejanaṃ dvīsu alātesu ātāpitaṃ hoti paritāpitaṃ ujuṃ kataṃ kammaniyaṃ, na so taṃ aparena samayena usukāro tejanaṃ dvīsu alātesu ātāpeti paritāpeti ujuṃ karoti kammaniyaṃ. taṃ kissa hetu? yassa hi so, bhikkhave, atthāya usukāro tejanaṃ dvīsu alātesu ātāpeyya paritāpeyya ujuṃ kareyya kammaniyaṃ svāssa attho abhinipphanno hoti. tasmā na aparena samayena usukāro tejanaṃ dvīsu alātesu ātāpeti paritāpeti ujuṃ karoti kammaniyaṃ. |
“Suppose a fletcher were to heat & warm an arrow shaft between two flames, making it straight & pliable. Then at a later time he would no longer heat & warm the shaft between two flames, making it straight & pliable. Why is that? Because he has attained the goal for which he was heating & warming the shaft. That is why at a later time he would no longer heat & warm the shaft between two flames, making it straight & pliable. |
evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu iti paṭisañcikkhati: ‘yathāsukhaṃ kho me |
“In the same way, the monk notices this: ‘When I live according to my |
Examples of some inherently unpleasant practices are mentioned elsewhere: |
“katamā ca, bhikkhave, dukkhā paṭipadā dandhābhiññā? idha, |
“And which is painful practice … ? There is the case where a |
A reason why some practices may become unpleasant is also mentioned at AN 4.162: |
“katamā ca, bhikkhave, dukkhā paṭipadā … ? idha, bhikkhave, |
“And which is painful practice … ? There is the case where a |
The Buddha also goes so far as to accept the appellation ‘one who tortures [himself]’ (tapassī), saying that what he has tortured were actually akusala dhammas: |
“katamo ca, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya: ‘tapassī samaṇo gotamo, tapassitāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’ti? tapanīyāhaṃ, sīha, pāpake akusale dhamme vadāmi kāyaduccaritaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ manoduccaritaṃ. yassa kho, sīha, tapanīyā pāpakā akusalā dhammā pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā, tamahaṃ ‘tapassī’ti vadāmi. tathāgatassa kho, sīha, tapanīyā |
And what, Siha, is the line of reasoning by which one speaking rightly could say of me: ‘The renunciate Gotama is one who tortures, he professes a teaching of torture and instructs his disciples accordingly’? I say, Siha, that bad, unwholesome states, bodily misconduct, verbal misconduct and mental misconduct are to be tortured. I say that one who has abandoned the bad, unwholesome states that are to be tortured, |
So we may try to conclude here that what the Buddha |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
It may also be important to note that being ātāpī does not necessarily refer to unpleasant practice, since it can constitute the basis to enter the jhānas: |
idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa |
Here, bhikkhus, while a bhikkhu is remaining heedful, ardent and striving, the pain faculty arises. He understands thus: ‘The |
The same is then repeated about domanass·indriya, sukh·indriya, somanass·indriya, and upekkh·indriya, respectively about the second, third, fourth jhānas and saññā·vedayita·nirodha. At MN 19, the same expression appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato (remaining heedful, ardent and striving) is similarly used to describe the state in which the Buddha was when he reached the three vijjās just before his awakening. attā: self, ego, soul, personality, individuality. This term actually designates an illusion, since all phenomena are anattā. attavādupādāna: [attā+vāda+upādāna] clinging to the belief in self. Such beliefs are explained in the Brahmajāla Sutta (DN 1), This attachment is compared to a leash: |
“seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, sā gaddulabaddho daḷhe khīle vā thambhe vā |
Just as a dog, tied by a leash to a post or stake, keeps running around |
so rūpaññeva anuparidhāvati anuparivattati, vedanaññeva … |
He keeps running around and circling around that very form… that very |
This delusion is described as being the source of the mistake that brings about the idea of an existing self: |
“ye hi keci, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā anekavihitaṃ attānaṃ |
Monks, whatever contemplatives or brahmans who assume in various ways |
“iti ayañceva samanupassanā ‘asmī’ti cassa avigataṃ hoti. ‘asmī’ti kho |
Thus, both this assumption & the understanding, ‘I am,’ occur to |
atthi, bhikkhave, mano, atthi dhammā, atthi avijjādhātu. |
Now, there is the intellect, there are ideas (mental qualities), there |
The exact same description occurs also at MN 109 in a definition of sakkāya·diṭṭhi. At SN 22.44, the same description is again given to explain the expression ’sakkāya·samudaya·gāminī paṭipada’ (the path leading to the arising of self-identification), and it is also equated to ‘dukkha·samudaya·gāminī samanupassanā’ (a way of seeing things that leads to the arising of dukkha).
Sometimes, the stock expression ‘rūpaṃ attato |
kathañca, bhikkhave, upādāparitassanā hoti? idha, bhikkhave, assutavā |
And how, bhikkhus, is there agitation through clinging? Here, bhikkhus, an uninstructed, run-of-the-mill person regards Form as ‘This is mine. This is my self. This is what I am’ |
As we can also see here, atta·vād·upādāna has for consequence ‘agitation through clinging’ (upādāparitassanā).
The formula ‘etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’’ti is also used to explain another way the expression ’sakkāya·samudaya·gāminī paṭipada’ (the path leading to the arising of self-identification), and is applied to the six senses, their objects, their corresponding viññāṇa, their respective contacts, and the vedanā that arises subsquently: |
“ayaṃ kho pana, bhikkhave, sakkāyasamudayagāminī paṭipadā: cakkhuṃ ‘etaṃ |
“This, monks, is the path of practice leading to self-identification. |
The Alagaddūpama Sutta provides a slightly different formulation of how atta·vād·upādāna comes to be: |
“chayimāni, bhikkhave, diṭṭhiṭṭhānāni. katamāni cha? idha, bhikkhave, |
Monks, there are these six view-positions. Which six? There is the case |
The way to abandon atta·vād·upādāna is by seeing anatta in the five khandhas: |
“yā imā, cunda, anekavihitā diṭṭhiyo loke uppajjanti |
“Cunda, as to those several views that arise in the world concerning |
avihiṃsā: [a+vihiṃsā] harmlessness, nonviolence, inoffensiveness. There is no direct definition of the term in the Avihiṃsā appears most prominently in avihiṃsā·saṅkappa, one of the three constituents of sammā·saṅkappa, which are also termed kusalā saṅkappā at MN 78. Alternatively, it also appears in the compound avihiṃsā·vitakka, which seems to be a synonym for avihiṃsā·saṅkappa. See also this blog article, arguing that, since avihiṃsā is set apart from a·byāpāda In several suttas (e.g. MN 114, AN 5.200) two of the three dhammas listed in sammā·saṅkappa appear in the same order, and avihiṃsā is replaced as the third by avihesā (non-harming). Another synonym is ahimsā (inoffensiveness): |
sabbhi dānaṃ upaññattaṃ, ahiṃsā saṃyamo damo. |
The virtuous prescribe giving, inoffensiveness, self-control, and self-taming. |
|
“yassa sabbamahorattaṃ, ahiṃsāya rato mano mettaṃ so sabbabhūtesu, veraṃ tassa na kenacī”ti. |
One whose mind takes delight in inoffensiveness all day and night, who has loving-kindness for all beings, has enmity towards none. |
Inoffensiveness (ahiṃsā) is also nobility: |
na tena ariyo hoti, yena pāṇāni hiṃsati. ahiṃsā sabbapāṇānaṃ, “ariyo”ti pavuccati. |
One who injures living beings is ignoble. One who is inoffensive towards all living beings is said to be a noble one. |
In the Dhātu·vibhaṅga of the Abhidhamma, karuṇa is said to be inherent to avihiṃsā·dhātu: ‘yā sattesu karuṇā karuṇāyanā karuṇāyitattaṃ karuṇācetovimutti, ayaṃ vuccati “avihiṃsādhātu”’. This statement finds an echo in various parts of the Sutta Piṭaka, as for example in the Dhammapada: |
129. sabbe tasanti daṇḍassa, sabbe bhāyanti maccuno. |
129. All tremble at the rod, all are fearful of death. |
130. sabbe tasanti daṇḍassa, sabbesaṃ jīvitaṃ piyaṃ. |
130. All tremble at the rod, all hold their life dear. |
At AN 2.168, avihiṃsā is juxtaposed with soceyya (purity/purification). At Sn 294, the word is juxtaposed with maddava (mildness), soracca (gentleness) and khanti (forbearance). The first two find echo in expressions such as that defining pharusa·vāca veramaṇī (abstinence from harsh speech): |
yā sā vācā nelā kaṇṇasukhā pemanīyā hadayaṅgamā porī bahujanakantā bahujanamanāpā, tathārūpiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti. |
He speaks words that are soothing to the ear, that are affectionate, |
Khanti (forbearance) is the word that is most often juxtaposed to avihiṃsā, a connection that is exemplified in many places, such as in the simile of the saw: |
“ubhatodaṇḍakena cepi, bhikkhave, kakacena corā ocarakā aṅgamaṅgāni |
“Monks, even if bandits were to carve you up savagely, limb by limb, |
“imañca tumhe, bhikkhave, kakacūpamaṃ ovādaṃ abhikkhaṇaṃ manasi |
“Monks, if you attend constantly to this admonition on the simile of the |
— |
— |
Another striking example is given at SN 35.88: |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
SN 47.19 also juxtaposes metta·cittatā (having a mind of good will) and anudayatā (sympathy) to avihiṃsā: |
kathañca, bhikkhave, paraṃ rakkhanto attānaṃ rakkhati? khantiyā, avihiṃsāya, mettacittatāya, anudayatāya. evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, paraṃ rakkhanto attānaṃ rakkhati. |
“And how do you watch after yourself when watching after others? Through endurance, through harmlessness, through a mind of goodwill, & through sympathy. This is how you watch after yourself when watching after others. |
SN 14.12 explains how avihiṃsā originates and leads to wholesome action: |
“avihiṃsādhātuṃ, bhikkhave, paṭicca uppajjati avihiṃsāsaññā, |
On account of the harmlessness element there arises the perception of |
Practicing harmlessness is behaving like a bee in a flower: |
yathāpi bhamaro pupphaṃ, vaṇṇagandhamaheṭhayaṃ, paleti rasamādāya, evaṃ gāme munī care. |
As a bee gathers honey from the flower without injuring its color or |
Lacking avihiṃsā is extensively described as bringing unpleasant results: |
māvoca pharusaṃ kañci, vuttā paṭivadeyyu taṃ |
Speak harshly to no one, or the words will be thrown right back at you. |
|
yo daṇḍena adaṇḍesu, appaduṭṭhesu dussati dasannamaññataraṃ ṭhānaṃ, khippameva nigacchati: |
Whoever, with a rod harasses an innocent man, unarmed, quickly falls |
|
“vilumpateva puriso, yāvassa upakappati. |
A man may plunder as long as it serves his ends, but when others are plundered, he who has plundered gets plundered in turn. |
“ṭhānañhi maññati bālo, yāva pāpaṃ na paccati. |
A fool thinks, ‘Now’s my chance,’ as long as his evil has yet to ripen. But when it ripens, the fool falls into pain. |
“hantā labhati hantāraṃ, jetāraṃ labhate jayaṃ. |
Killing, you gain your killer. Conquering, you gain one who will conquer |
Abandoning non-harmlessness and taking up avihiṃsā prevents bad experiences from arising and causes pleasant ones to arise in the future: |
sukhakāmāni bhūtāni, yo daṇḍena vihiṃsati. |
Whoever takes a rod to harm living beings desiring ease, when he himself |
sukhakāmāni bhūtāni, yo daṇḍena na hiṃsati. |
Whoever doesn’t take a rod to harm living beings desiring ease, when he |
|
“idha, māṇava, ekacco itthī vā puriso vā sattānaṃ viheṭhakajātiko hoti, |
Furthermore, there is the case where a certain woman or man has a |
“idha pana, māṇava, ekacco itthī vā puriso vā sattānaṃ aviheṭhakajātiko |
But there is the case where a certain woman or man does not have a |
|
suppabuddhaṃ pabujjhanti, sadā gotamasāvakā. |
Those disciples of Gotama ever awaken happily whose minds by day and night delight in the practice of non-violence. |
Dharmacāri Nāgapriya writes: “The early Buddhist
vocabulary includes an important class of words that, while denoting
highly positive qualities, take a grammatically negative form. Avihiṃsa
is a leading example of this. To translate the term as ‘non-violence’
doesn’t reflect the positive nuance of the quality to which it refers.
Notwithstanding, it is worth looking at the quality in question from
both a negative and a positive point of view in order to bring its
nature more clearly to light. First of all – and in negative terms –
avihiṃsa can be understood as an application of the general principle of
renunciation: the saint renounces all violence whether physical,
verbal, or emotional: Whoever in this world harms a living creature,
whether once-born or twice- born, whoever has no compassion for a living
creature, him one should know to be an outcaste. (Sn.117) He gives up
coercion of any kind and thus abandons the ‘power mode’, the style of
relating to others purely as objects and means of his own gratification,
adopting instead the ‘love mode’, the appreciation of others as
individual, feelingful subjects meriting sensitive consideration and
respect. This entails abandoning a host of negative mental states such
as kodha or fury (Sn.1), kopa or ill-temper and grudge (Sn.6), upanāha
or rancour/enmity (Sn.116), paccuṭṭapannā or hostility (Sn.245), usuyyā
or envy (Sn.245), atipāti or violent destructiveness (Sn.248), paṭigha
(Sn.148) or malicious rage, and dosa or hatred (Sn.328). One of the
distinguishing features of the Sutta-Nipāta is the plethora of different
nasty mental states that it identifies. This laid some of the
foundations for the later work of the Abhidhamma. Again the terms used
are fluid and non-technical. By considering the terms as a whole we can
get a feeling for the flavour of what the saint is enjoined to abandon.
At the same time, it is important to appreciate the positive counterpart
of this renunciation of violent negativity. This is expressed most
sublimely in the Mettā Sutta: Just as a mother would protect with her
own life her own son, her only son, so one should cultivate an unbounded
mind towards all beings, and loving-kindness towards all the world. One
should cultivate an unbounded mind, above and below and across, without
obstruction, without enmity, without rivalry. (Sn.149-50)”
Katamo ca, bhikkhave, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo? Seyyathidaṃ sammādiṭṭhi, |
Now what, monks, is the Noble Eightfold Path? Right view, right resolve, |
Katamā ca, bhikkhave, sammādiṭṭhi? Yaṃ kho, bhikkhave, dukkhe ñāṇaṃ, |
And what, monks, is right view? Knowledge with regard to stress, |
Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammāsaṅkappo? Yo kho, bhikkhave, |
And what is right resolve? Being resolved on renunciation, on freedom |
Katamā ca, bhikkhave, sammāvācā? Yā kho, bhikkhave, musāvādā veramaṇī, |
And what is right speech? Abstaining from lying, abstaining from |
Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammā-kammanto? Yā kho, bhikkhave, pāṇātipātā |
And what, monks, is right action? Abstaining from taking life, |
Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammā-ājīvo? Idha, bhikkhave, ariya-sāvako |
And what, monks, is right livelihood? There is the case where a disciple |
Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammāvāyāmo? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu anuppannānaṃ |
And what, monks, is right effort? (i) There is the case where a monk |
Katamā ca, bhikkhave, sammāsati? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu |
And what, monks, is right mindfulness? (i) There is the case where a |
Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammāsamādhi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu |
And what, monks, is right concentration? (i) There is the case where a |
♦ The ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga is most famously introduced at SN 56.11 as the Middle Way (majjhimā paṭipadā), i.e. the path avoiding both hedonism and self-mortification: |
Dve·me, bhikkhave, antā pabbajitena na sevitabbā. Katame dve? Yo c·āyaṃ |
These two extremes, bhikkhus, should not be adopted by one who has gone |
♦ The ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga is also introduced later on in that same sutta as the fourth ariya·sacca: |
Idaṃ kho pana, bhikkhave, dukkha·nirodha·gāminī paṭipadā ariya·saccaṃ: |
Furthermore, bhikkhus, this is the noble truth of path leading to the |
♦ As explained above at SN 56.11, the ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga is what leads to nibbāna. At SN 45.62, the former leads towards the latter just as the river Ganges slants, slopes, and inclines towards the east (seyyathāpi gaṅgā nadī pācīna·ninnā pācīna·poṇā pācīna·pabbhārā). At SN 45.86, the path is like a tree slanting, sloping and inclining towards the east (seyyathāpi rukkho pācīna·ninno pācīna·poṇo pācīna·pabbhāro) and that could only fall towards that direction if it were to be cut at the foot. It is also said to be the way leading to amata (amata·gāmi·maggo, SN 45.7), or to the unconditioned (a·saṅkhata·gāmi·maggo, SN 43.11). ♦ The ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga has its own entire saṃyutta (SN 45), that is rich in similes and explanations. ♦ The ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga is given various designations. At MN 19, it is called ‘The peaceful and safe path to be followed with exaltation’ (khemo maggo sovatthiko pīti·gamanīyo). It is often identified with the brahmacariya (e.g. SN 45.6), or with asceticism (sāmañña) such as at SN 45.35, or brahminhood (brahmañña) such as at SN 45.36. At SN 12.65, it is the ancient path, the ancient road traveled by the sammā·Sambuddhā of the past. At SN 35.191, the ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga is compared to a raft to cross over from identity to ‘the other shore’, which stands for nibbāna. At SN 45.4, after Ānanda sees a brahmin on a luxurious chariot and calls it a ‘brahmic vehicle’ (brahma·yāna), the Buddha says that is actually a designation for the ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga, along with the ‘Dhamma vehicle’ (dhamma·yāna) and the ’supreme victory in battle’ (anuttara saṅgāma·vijaya). The ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga is also called rightness (sammatta, SN 45.21), kusalā dhammā (SN 45.22), the right way (sammā·paṭipada, SN 45.23) and right practice (sammā·paṭipatti, SN 45.31). ♦ The ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga is part of a set of 37 dhammas which are sometimes listed together (e.g. at AN 10.90, SN 22.81). They are sometimes called the bodhipakkhiyā dhammā, although this expression doesn’t have a strict definition in the suttas and is loosely used to describe other sets. The ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga is also said at SN 45.155 to develop those bodhi·pakkhiya·dhammā. ♦ Each factor (aṅga) of the path is said to lead to the next: |
“sammattaṃ, bhikkhave, āgamma ārādhanā hoti, no virādhanā. kathañca, |
Having come to rightness, bhikkhus, there is success, not failure. And |
A similar progression is also notably found at SN |
“tatra, bhikkhave, sammādiṭṭhi pubbaṅgamā hoti. kathañca, bhikkhave, |
Therein, bhikkhus, right view is the forerunner. And how is right view |
… |
… |
so micchāsaṅkappassa pahānāya vāyamati, sammāsaṅkappassa upasampadāya, |
One makes an effort to abandon wrong thought and to acquire right |
♦ The enumeration of each path factor is sometimes The second formula can be found at SN 45.4 and says: ‘which The third one is found for example at SN 45.115 and says: ‘which has the Deathless as its ground, the Deathless as its destination, the Deathless as its final goal’ (amat·ogadha amata·parāyana amata·pariyosāna). The fourth is found for example at SN 45.91 and says: ‘which slants towards Nibbāna, slopes towards Nibbāna, inclines towards Nibbāna‘ (nibbāna·ninna nibbāna·poṇa nibbāna·pabbhāra). ♦ The ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga, if unarisen, does not arise apart from the appearance of a Buddha (n·āññatra tathāgatassa pātubhāvā arahato sammāsambuddhassa, SN 45.14) or the Discipline of a Sublime one (n·āññatra sugata·vinaya, SN 45.15). ♦ At SN 55.5, the ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga is what defines sotāpatti, since sota (the stream) is the ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga itself, and a sotāpanna is one who possesses it: |
— |
— |
— |
— |
… |
… |
— |
— |
— |
— |
♦ At MN 126, the 8 factors of the ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga are presented as a technology of the mind (’a proper method for procuring fruit’: yoni hesā phalassa adhigamāya) ♦ At AN 4.237, the 8 factors of the ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga constitute ‘kamma that is neither dark nor bright with neither-dark-nor-bright result, that leads to the destruction of kamma‘ (kammaṃ a·kaṇhā·sukkaṃ a·kaṇhā·sukka·vipākaṃ, kamma·kkhayāya saṃvattati). ♦ The ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga is not seldom augmented to become a tenfold set, with the addition of sammā·ñāṇa and sammā·vimutti. SN 45.26 seems to indicate that these two factors are relevant only for the arahant, as they are what makes the difference between a sappurisa and someone who is better than a sappurisa (sappurisena sappurisataro). ♦ Ten phenomena are said to be the precursors for the arising of the ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga, the first seven according to the following simile: |
sūriyassa, bhikkhave, udayato etaṃ pubbaṅgamaṃ etaṃ pubbanimittaṃ, |
This, bhikkhus, is the forerunner and foretoken of the rising of the |
In each case, it is said that when a bhikkhu satisfies the condition, ‘it 1. Mentioned most often is kalyāṇa·mittatā (with the above sunrise simile at SN 45.49). It is most famously said at SN 45.2 to be the entire brahmacariya (sakalam·ev·idaṃ brahmacariyaṃ), since it can be expected from one who develops it that he will practice the ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga, all the more that as we have seen earlier (e.g. at SN 45.6), brahmacariya is also defined as the ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga itself. We find as well a formula reminiscent of the suttas found at the beginning of AN 1: |
nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi, yena anuppanno vā |
I do not see even one other thing, bhikkhus, because of which the |
2. Sīla |
seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ye keci balakaraṇīyā kammantā karīyanti, sabbe |
Just as, bhikkhus, whatever actions are to be performed with strength |
|
seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ye kecime bījagāmabhūtagāmā vuḍḍhiṃ virūḷhiṃ |
Just as, bhikkhus, whatever kinds of seed and plant life come to |
3. Appamāda 4. Sammā·diṭṭhi (AN 10.121) or accomplishment in view (diṭṭhi·sampadā, SN 45.53), 5. Accomplishment in desire (chanda·sampadā) is mentioned with the sunrise simile at SN 45.51. The Commentary explains it as desire for kusalā dhammā. In a related meaning, the word chanda appears notably in the sammā·vāyāma formula. 6. Accomplishment in self (atta·sampadā), mentioned with the sunrise simile at SN 45.52. The commentary explains the expression as sampanna·citta·tā (accomplishment in mind), which suggests the attainment of samādhi (see adhi·citta·sikkhā). The expression ‘atta·ññū hoti’ (one who knows himself) may explain the term. At SN 7.68, it is explained as knowing oneself to have saddhā, sīla, learning (suta), cāga, paññā and understanding (paṭibhāna). 7. Accomplishment in appropriate attention (yoniso·manasikāra-sampadā), mentioned with the sunrise simile at SN 45.52. 8, 9 & 10. Vijjā followed by hiri and ottappa (anva·d·eva hir·ottappa) is said to be the forerunner (pubb·aṅgama) in the entry upon kusalā dhammā (kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpatti) at SN 45.1 and AN 10.105. ♦ The ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga is said at AN 4.34 to be the highest (agga) of saṅkhatā dhammā and to bring the highest vipākā. ♦ As we have seen above at SN 56.11, the ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga produces ñāṇa·dassana and leads to upasama, sambodhi and Nibbāna. Between SN 45.161 and SN 45.180, it is also said to lead to the direct knowledge (abhiññā), full understanding (pariññā), complete destruction (parikkhaya), and abandoning (pahāna) of various phenomena: the three discriminations (vidhā), i.e. ‘I am superior’ (‘seyyo·ham·asmī’ti), ‘I am equal’ (‘sadiso·ham·asmī’ti), ‘I am inferior’ (hīno·ham·asmī’ti); the three searches (esanā), i.e. the search for sensuality (kām·esanā), the search for [a good] existence (bhav·esanā), the search for the brahmic life (brahmacariy·esanā); the three āsavā; the three bhavā; the three sufferings (dukkhatā), i.e. the suffering from pain (dukkha·dukkhatā), the suffering from Constructions (saṅkhāra·dukkhatā), the suffering from change (vipariṇāma·dukkhatā); the three akusalamulā; the three types of vedanā; kāma, diṭṭhi and avijjā; the four upādānā; abhijjhā, byāpāda, sīla·bbata parāmāsa and adherence to [the view] ‘This [alone] is the truth’ (idaṃ·sacc·ābhinivesa); the seven anusayā; the five kāma·guṇā; the five nīvaraṇā; the five upādāna·kkhandhas; the ten saṃyojanā. ♦ The ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga also leads to the cessation (nirodha) of phenomena: MN 9 lists all the twelve links of paṭicca·samuppāda, the four āhārā and the three āsavā; AN 6.63 additionally speaks of the cessation of kāma and kamma; SN 22.56 mentions the cessation of each of the five upādāna·kkhandhas. ♦ The ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga is the tool to remove akusalā dhammā. In that respect, MN 3 directly mentions all the 16 upakkilesā (with dosa in place of byāpāda). A number of similes illustrating this point are given in the Magga Saṃyutta: at SN 45.153, akusalā dhammā ♦ The ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga gives strength
|
“seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, āgantukāgāraṃ. tattha puratthimāyapi disāya |
Suppose, monks, there is a guest-house. Travelers come from the east, |
“katame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā abhiññā pariññeyyā? pañcupādānakkhandhātissa vacanīyaṃ… |
What, monks, are the states to be comprehended with higher knowledge? They are the five groups of clinging… |
katame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā abhiññā pahātabbā? avijjā ca bhavataṇhā ca… |
What, monks, are the states to be abandoned with higher knowledge? They are ignorance and the desire for [further] becoming… |
katame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā abhiññā sacchikātabbā? vijjā ca vimutti ca… |
And what, monks, are the states to be experienced with higher knowledge? They are knowledge and liberation… |
katame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā abhiññā bhāvetabbā? samatho ca vipassanā ca. |
And what, monk, are the states to be cultivated with higher knowledge? They are calm and insight. |
ariyasacca: [ariya+sacca] noble truth. The four ariya·saccas are expounded by the Buddha in his very first discourse, the Dhamma-cakka’p'pavattana Sutta. It consists of:
ariyasāvaka: [ariya+sāvaka] noble disciple. arūpabhava: [a+rūpa+bhava] existence/ becoming in the formless realm, which is taken as meaning those Brahmā-lokas which are accessible only to those who master at least the fifth jhāna. Arūpa-bhava is one of the three types of bhava. asantuṭṭhitā: [a+santuṭṭhitā] discontent, dissatisfaction. discontent, dissatisfied ♦ Sometimes, the adjective a·santuṭṭha is used with a rather neutral connotation, as at SN 35.198, where a bhikkhu is simply not satisfied with the answers given to his question. ♦ Most of the time, the word and its lexical derivatives carry a negative (akusala) connotation: |
“nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā |
I do not see even one other thing, bhikkhus, because of which unarisen |
|
“nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yo evaṃ mahato anatthāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, asantuṭṭhitā. |
I do not see even one other thing, bhikkhus, that leads to such great harm as discontent. |
|
“nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yo evaṃ saddhammassa |
I do not see even one other thing, bhikkhus, that leads to the decline |
|
“so vatānanda, bhikkhu ‘asantuṭṭho samāno imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjissatī’ti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. |
It is impossible, Ānanda, that a bhikkhu who is not content will find growth, progress, and completion in this Dhamma-Vinaya. |
When the word carries such a connotation, being a·santuṭṭha is explained as follows: |
bhikkhu mahiccho hoti, vighātavā, asantuṭṭho, itarītara-cīvara-piṇḍapāta-senāsana-gilāna-ppaccaya-bhesajja-parikkhārena |
a bhikkhu has great desires, is annoyed and is not content with whatever |
As it is the case above, the word a·santuṭṭhitā or its lexical derivatives are very often juxtaposed with mahicchatā, which can almost be considered a synonym. In the Vinaya, lay people who are offended by bhikkhus’ behavior often say: |
mahicchā ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā asantuṭṭhā. |
These ascetics sons of the Sakyan are of great desires, not contented. |
This happens typically when misbehaving bhikkhus put AN 4.157 maps the concept with others: a·santuṭṭhitā leads to evil desire (pāpika iccha) for recognition (an·avañña) and lābha·sakkāra·siloka, then to wrong effort (vāyama) and finally deceiving families by pretending to be much worthier than one actually is: |
“cattārome, bhikkhave, pabbajitassa rogā. katame cattāro? idha, |
Bhikkhus, there are these four sicknesses of one gone forth. What four? |
The sutta then goes on to explain the cure, which |
“tasmātiha, bhikkhave, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ: ‘na mahicchā bhavissāma |
Therefore, bhikkhus, you should train thus: ‘We won’t have great |
In this sense, at AN 6.114, asantuṭṭhitā is juxtaposed with mahicchatā and a·sampajañña (lack of thorough comprehension). It serves as a criterion to know whether one can dwell on his own or should stay amid other monks: |
“pañcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu nālaṃ saṅghamhā |
If he is endowed with five qualities, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu is not fit to |
Laypeople must also avoid this kind of asantuṭṭhitā: |
“sehi dārehi asantuṭṭho, vesiyāsu padussati, dussati paradāresu, taṃ parābhavato mukhaṃ”. |
Not satisfied with one’s own wives, he is seen among the whores and the wives of others — this is the cause of his downfall. |
♦ Although the word is mostly used with this negative connotation, it is also occasionally used with a positive (kusala) connotation. At AN 7.56 the devas who are content with their Brahmā state and do not know a higher escape (nissaraṇa) do not understand what those who are not content with that state and do know something higher may understand: |
ye kho te, mārisa moggallāna, brahmakāyikā devā brahmena āyunā |
Sir Moggallāna, the devas of Brahmā’s retinue who are content with a |
At AN 2.5, asantuṭṭhitā applied to wholesome states (kusalā dhammā) is presented as very important for developing further on the path: |
dvinnāhaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammānaṃ upaññāsiṃ: yā ca asantuṭṭhitā kusalesu dhammesu, yā ca appaṭivānitā padhānasmiṃ. |
Bhikkhus, I have come to know two qualities: non-contentment with wholesome states and tirelessness in exertion. |
At SN 55.40, being satisfied with the four usual sot·āpattiy·aṅgas leads to not making an effort (vāyama) in solitude (paviveka), and then to successively miss on pāmojja, pīti and passaddhi, and finally dwell in dukkha, which is considered living with pamāda, while not being satisfied with them prompts one to make the effort in solitude and experience successively pāmojja, pīti, passaddhi, sukha, samādhi, the fact that phenomena have become manifest, and finally living with appamāda. At AN 6.80, the word is interestingly surrounded by related concepts: |
chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu nacirasseva mahantattaṃ |
If he is endowed with six qualities, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu attains in no |
asappurisa: [a+sappurisa] The word is always contrasted with sappurisa. Bāla is sometimes explicitly mentioned as a synonym: |
‘bālo ayaṃ bhavaṃ asappuriso’’ti. |
‘This individual is a fool, a bad person’. |
The term is defined multiple times. We find in the suttas three main ways to define it. According to the micchā·paṭipadā: |
katamo ca, bhikkhave, asappuriso? idha, bhikkhave, ekacco micchādiṭṭhiko |
And what, bhikkhus, is a bad person? Here, bhikkhus, someone is of wrong |
“katamo ca, bhikkhave, asappurisena asappurisataro? idha, bhikkhave, |
And what, bhikkhus, is one who is worse than a bad person? Here, |
According to various subsets of the ten akusalā kamma·pathā: |
“katamo ca, bhikkhave, asappuriso? idha, bhikkhave, ekacco pāṇātipātī |
And what, bhikkhus, is a bad person? Here, bhikkhus, someone destroys |
“katamo ca, bhikkhave, asappurisena asappurisataro? idha, bhikkhave, |
And what, bhikkhus, is one who is worse than a bad person? Here, |
According to a particular set of bad qualities: |
“katamo ca, bhikkhave, asappuriso? idha, bhikkhave, ekacco assaddho |
And what, bhikkhus, is a bad person? Here, bhikkhus, someone doesn’t |
“katamo ca, bhikkhave, asappurisena asappurisataro? idha, bhikkhave, |
And what, bhikkhus, is one who is worse than a bad person? Here, |
The term is also defined or explained at great length in two suttas of the Majjhima Nikāya: |
asappuriso, bhikkhave, assaddhammasamannāgato hoti, asappurisabhatti |
“A person of no integrity is endowed with qualities of no integrity; he |
“kathañca, bhikkhave, asappuriso assaddhammasamannāgato hoti? idha, |
“And how is a person of no integrity endowed with qualities of no |
“kathañca, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisabhatti hoti? idha, bhikkhave, |
“And how is a person of no integrity a person of no integrity in his |
“kathañca, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisacintī hoti? idha, bhikkhave, |
“And how is a person of no integrity a person of no integrity in the way |
“kathañca, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisamantī hoti? idha, bhikkhave, |
“And how is a person of no integrity a person of no integrity in the way |
“kathañca, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisavāco hoti? idha, bhikkhave, |
“And how is a person of no integrity a person of no integrity in the way |
“kathañca, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisakammanto hoti? idha, |
“And how is a person of no integrity a person of no integrity in the way |
“kathañca, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisadiṭṭhi hoti? idha, bhikkhave, |
“And how is a person of no integrity a person of no integrity in the |
“kathañca, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisadānaṃ deti? idha, bhikkhave, |
“And how is a person of no integrity a person of no integrity in the way |
“so, bhikkhave, asappuriso evaṃ assaddhammasamannāgato, evaṃ |
“This person of no integrity, thus endowed with qualities of no |
|
“katamo ca, bhikkhave, asappurisadhammo? idha, bhikkhave, asappuriso |
“And which is the quality of a person of no integrity? “There is the |
“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso mahākulā pabbajito hoti … |
“Furthermore, a person of no integrity goes forth from a great family… |
“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso ñāto hoti yasassī… lābhī hoti |
“Furthermore, a person of no integrity is well-known & highly |
The sutta doesn’t mention the behavior of an asappurisa who would attain saññā·vedayita·nirodha, while it mentions that of a sappurisa who would, which suggests that a person who reaches such a state can no longer be an asappurisa. ♦ An asappurisa can be recognized by the way he relates to his own and his fellows’ faults and virtues: |
“catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato asappuriso veditabbo. katamehi |
“Monks, a person endowed with these four qualities can be known as ‘a |
“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso yo hoti parassa vaṇṇo taṃ puṭṭhopi |
“Then again, a person of no integrity, when asked, does not reveal |
“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso yo hoti attano avaṇṇo taṃ puṭṭhopi |
“Then again, a person of no integrity, when asked, does not reveal his |
“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso yo hoti attano vaṇṇo taṃ apuṭṭhopi |
“Then again, a person of no integrity, when unasked, reveals his own |
♦ According to AN 2.33, an asappurisa is ungrateful (a·kat·aññū - ‘one who doesn’t know what has been done’) and unthankful (a·kata·vedī - ‘one who doesn’t feel what has been done’). ♦ At AN 2.135, someone who, without knowing well nor investigating (an·anuvicca a·pariy·ogāhetvā), speaks in praise of someone who deserves critic (a·vaṇṇ·ārahassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati), or criticizes someone who deserves praise (vaṇṇ·ārahassa a·vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati), is an asappurisa. In the immediately following sutta, the same holds for believing a matter that merits suspiscion (appasādanīye ṭhāne pasādaṃ upadaṃseti) or being suspicious about a matter that merits belief (pasādanīye ṭhāne appasādaṃ upadaṃseti). ♦ At AN 2.137, one who misbehaves (micchā·paṭipajjati) towards his mother or father is an asappurisa, and in the immediately following sutta, the same holds for the Tathāgata or one of his disciples (tathāgata·sāvaka). ♦ At AN 10.61, listening to a teaching that contradicts the saddhamma is caused by association with asappurisā. āsava: that which flows (out or on to) outflow and influx. 1) spirit, the intoxicating extract or secretion of a tree or flower. 2) discharge from a sore (AN 3.25). 3) that which intoxicates the mind (bemuddles it, The Buddha often refers to arahatta as the total destruction of āsavas (āsavakkhaya). Sāriputta lists āsavas as threefold at MN 9:
The Sabbāsava Sutta explains in detail how the different types of āsavas are to be eradicated. āsavānaṃ khayañāṇa: [āsava khaya+ñāṇa] knowledge of the ending of āsavas, which arises with arahatta. It is one of the three vijjās. The formula defining it is analyzed there. the conceit ‘I am’. The term asmi·māna can be considered as a variant form of māna, which constitutes one of the five saṃyojanas that disappear only with arahatta, and one of the seven anusayas. Thus, it is essentially something to get rid of. ♦ In this connection, anicca·saññā applied to the five upādāna·kkhandhas is often presented as the way to remove asmi·māna, e.g.: |
“kathaṃ bhāvitā ca, bhikkhave, aniccasaññā kathaṃ bahulīkatā… sabbaṃ |
And how, bhikkhus, is the perception of impermanence developed and |
In an equivalent statement, the term asmi·māna is mentioned as applying to the five upādāna·kkhandhas, and the term anicca·saññā is replaced by ‘udayabbay·ānupassī’ (observing apparition and extinction). |
pañca kho ime, ānanda, upādānakkhandhā yattha bhikkhunā |
There are these five clinging-aggregates where a monk should stay, |
As a matter of fact, it is revealed at AN 9.1 that anicca·saññā does not lead directly to asmi·māna·samugghāta (eradication of the conceit ‘I am’). Rather, anicca·saññā leads first to anatta·saññā, which is the actual proximate cause for that eradication to take place: |
Aniccasaññā bhāvetabbā asmimānasamugghātāya. Aniccasaññino, bhikkhave, |
The perception of inconstancy should be developed, for the eradication |
♦ An alternative tool for abandoning asmi·māna is kāyagatāsati: |
ekadhamme, bhikkhave, bhāvite bahulīkate asmimāno pahīyati. katamasmiṃ ekadhamme? kāyagatāya satiyā. |
When, bhikkhus, one thing is developed and practiced often, the conceit |
AN 6.29, which features a unique list of anussatis, provides a more specific information: it is the nine sivathika contemplations that help eradicating asmi·māna: |
so imameva kāyaṃ evaṃ upasaṃharati: ‘ayampi kho kāyo evaṃdhammo |
He compares this very body with it [the corpse]: ‘This body is also of |
♦ We find in the suttas a few illustrative evocations of asmi·māna At AN 4.38, through eradication of asmi·māna, a bhikkhu is called ‘patilīna’, At AN 5.71, one who has abandoned asmi·māna is said to be an ariya ‘with banner lowered’ (panna·ddhajo), ‘with burden dropped’ (panna·bhāra) and ‘detached’ or ‘unfettered’ (visaṃyutta). assāda: (apparent/sensory) satisfaction, enjoyment, gratification, sweetness, allure, happiness. Often cited together with ādīnava and nissaraṇa as characteristics to be understood regarding various dhammas: the five upādāna·kkhandhas, kāma, certain diṭṭhis etc. The assāda of a particular dhamma is generally described as the sukha and somanassa which arise on account of it. The assāda of kāma, rūpa and vedanā are explained in detail at MN 13. assutavā: [a+suta+vā] uninstructed/ ignorant person - lit: ‘one who has not heard/learnt’. 1) (n:) non-beauty, foulness, loathsomeness, digust, ugliness. 2) (adj:) foul, loathsome, disgusting, ugly, impure, unpleasant. Almost synonymous with paṭikūla. The contemplation of an asubha·nimitta is the way to develop asubha·saññā. ♦ The contemplation of an asubha object is exclusively aimed at removing rāga (e.g. MN 62, AN 6.107) or at removing kāma·cchanda, which is one of the five nīvaraṇas (with the help of an asubha·nimitta, at SN 46.51 and AN 1.16). ♦ In the Aṅguttara Nikāya, the expression ‘bhikkhu asubhānupassī kāye viharati’ (a bhikkhu dwells contemplating asubha in the body) appears as a synonym for the practice of asubha·saññā (at AN 10.60), often applied specifically to kāya, and generally in conjunction with āhāre paṭikūla·saññī, sabba·loke an·abhirata·saññī, sabba·saṅkhāresu anicc·ānupassī, and maraṇa·saññ[ī]. This set of five factors is said in various synonym ways to lead to nibbāna (e.g. AN 5.69). They can also lead a sick bhikkhu to arahatta (AN 5.121). Alternatively, in some cases they lead only to anāgāmita (AN 5.122). ♦ The expression ‘asubhānupassī kāye viharati’ is also described at AN 4.163 as participating of a painful mode of practice (dukkhā paṭipadā). ♦ Seeing as subha something which is actually asubha constitutes one of four saññā·vipallāsa (distortions of perception), citta·vipallāsa (perversions of the mind), diṭṭhi·vipallāsa (inversions of views), the other three being the corresponding misunderstanding of aniccā, dukkha and anatta (AN 4.49). ♦ At SN 54.9, ♦ For further information about asubha practices, see asubha·nimitta and asubha·saññā below. asubhanimitta: [asubha+nimitta] sign of the unattractive, characteristic of foulness. The practice is to apply the mind to something repulsive, either per se ♦ At SN 46.51 and AN 1.16, an asubha·nimitta is said to remove kāma·cchanda, which is one of the five nīvaraṇas. At AN 3.69, it is also said to remove rāga. ♦ One practice involving asubha·nimittas is described in most detail in the section on charnel grounds (sivathika) of the Mahā·sati·paṭṭhāna Sutta, although not directly mentioned with this terminology. ♦ For further information about asubha practices, see asubha·saññā below. perception of the unattractive, perception of foulness, perception of non-beauty. This practice is explained at AN 10.60: it consists in reviewing 31 body parts. ♦ According to AN 7.49, when one often applies his/her mind to this practice, he/she is automatically repulsed by methuna·dhamma·samāpatti (getting into sexual intercourse). ♦ The seven bojjhaṅgas can be developed in conjunction with asubha·saññā (SN 46.72). ♦ According to AN 7.27, so long as the bhikkhus practice asubha·saññā, only growth can be expected of them, not decline. ♦ In the Aṅguttara Nikāya, asubha·saññā appears almost always with āhāre paṭikūla·saññā, sabba·loke an·abhirata·saññā and maraṇa·saññā. They are often collectively recommended for the sake of understanding or removing rāga (e.g. AN 5.303). ♦ Other perceptions usually associated with asubha·saññā include anicca·saññā, anicce dukkha·saññā, anatta·saññā, ādīnava·saññā, pahāna·saññā, virāga·saññā and nirodha·saññā. asura: beings resembling titans or fallen angels. Considered as in a way similar to the devas, but as being in a duggati, ātāpī: (adj:) ardent, diligent, serious in effort, zealous. The term appears most prominently in the Satipaṭṭhāna formulas: |
bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhā-domanassaṃ. |
a bhikkhu dwells observing body in body, ardent, clearly comprehending, mindful, having given up covetousness and affliction towards the world. |
It is explicitly defined at SN 16.2 in formulas reminiscent of those describing sammā·vāyāma: |
“kathañcāvuso, ātāpī hoti? idhāvuso, bhikkhu ‘anuppannā me pāpakā akusalā dhammā uppajjamānā anatthāya saṃvatteyyun’ti ātappaṃ karoti, |
And how, friend, is one ardent? Here, friend, a bhikkhu exerts ardor [considering]: ‘If unarisen bad, unskillful mental states arise in me, it would lead to [my] misfortune’; he exerts ardor [considering]: ‘If arisen bad, unskillful mental states are not abandoned in me, it would lead to [my] misfortune’; he exerts ardor [considering]: ‘If unarisen skillful mental states do not arise in me, it would lead to [my] misfortune’; he exerts ardor [considering]: ‘If arisen skillful mental states cease in me, this may lead to [my] misfortune.’ Thus, friend, he is ardent. |
This definition is extended to include the ability to endure extreme dukkha·vedanā at AN 3.50: |
“yato kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu anuppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ anuppādāya ātappaṃ karoti, |
Bhikkhus, when a bhikkhu exerts ardor for the non-arising of |
Another example of what being ātāpī means is given at AN 4.11: |
“carato cepi… ṭhitassa cepi… nisinnassa cepi… sayānassa cepi, |
If while walking… while standing… while sitting… while lying down a |
And at AN 4.12: |
“carato cepi… ṭhitassa cepi… nisinnassa cepi… sayānassa cepi, |
If while walking… while standing… while sitting… while wakefully |
A list of terms that appear to be related to ātappaṃ karoti and may help gathering the meaning of ātāpī is given at SN 12.87: sikkhā karoti (practice the training), yoga karoti (exert dedication), chanda karoti (stir up the desire), ussoḷhī karoti (make an exertion), appaṭivānī karoti (exert persistence), vīriyaṃ karoti (exert energy), sātaccaṃ karoti (exert perseverance), sati karoti (exert mindfulness), sampajaññaṃ karoti (exert clear comprehension), appamādo karoti (exert heedfulness). |
upādānaṃ, bhikkhave, ajānatā apassatā yathābhūtaṃ upādāne yathābhūtaṃ |
Bhikkhus, one who does not know, who does not see attachment as it |
Another list is found at DN 3 and adds padhāna, anuyoga and sammā·manasikāra (probably a synonym for yoniso manasikāra): |
ekacco samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā ātappamanvāya padhānamanvāya anuyogamanvāya appamādamanvāya sammāmanasikāramanvāya tathārūpaṃ cetosamādhiṃ phusati |
Some renuniciate or brahmin, by means of ardor, by means of |
Some suttas help understanding what being ātāpī means, as they explain what may happen when the practitioner is in that state: |
“tassa ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno evaṃ satassa sampajānassa appamattassa ātāpino |
As a monk is dwelling thus mindful & alert — heedful, ardent, |
“tassa ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno evaṃ satassa sampajānassa appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato uppajjati adukkhamasukhā vedanā… yo kāye ca adukkhamasukhāya ca vedanāya avijjānusayo, so pahīyati. |
As he is dwelling thus mindful & alert — heedful, ardent, |
For a more refined understanding of the expression 1) The first shade of meaning is best illustrated by the verb tapati, meaning ‘to shine’, as at SN 1.26: ‘divā tapati ādicco’ (the sun shines by day) or at SN 21.11: ’sannaddho khattiyo tapati’ (the khattiya shines clad in armor). 2) The second shade of meaning can be derived |
“dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā tapanīyā. katame dve? idha, bhikkhave, |
Bhikkhus, these two things cause torment. Which two? Here, |
We also find various instances of words related to tapati, used to refer to dukkha·vipāka and the remorse the wrong-doer experiences: |
akataṃ dukkaṭaṃ seyyo, pacchā tapati dukkaṭaṃ. |
Better left undone is a wrong deed, for a wrong deed later brings torment. |
|
na taṃ kammaṃ kataṃ sādhu, yaṃ katvā anutappati. |
An action which, once performed, brings torment is not well done. |
|
idha tappati pecca tappati, |
The evil-doer is tormented here and is tormented hereafter, |
3) The third shade of meaning is also derived from |
“yo naṃ bharati sabbadā, |
The one who always supports her |
In another example, someone overcome by the three akusala·mūlas does not make an effort to correct the falsehood that is said to him: |
abhūtena vuccamāno ātappaṃ karoti tassa nibbeṭhanāya itipetaṃ atacchaṃ itipetaṃ abhūtanti. |
When he is told things that are not factual, he makes an effort to correct it: ‘It is not true because of this, it is not factual because of this’. |
4) The fourth connotation, stronger, is that of asceticism or austerities. |
iti evarūpaṃ anekavihitaṃ kāyassa ātāpana-paritāpan-ānuyogamanuyutto viharāmi. idaṃsu me, sāriputta, tapassitāya hoti. |
Thus in such a variety of ways I dwelt pursuing the practice of tormenting and mortifying the body. Such was my asceticism. |
Those austerities are depicted at MN 51: |
“katamo ca, bhikkhave, puggalo attantapo attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto? |
And what, bhikkhus, is the person who torments himself and pursues the practice of mortifying |
Given on one hand this close proximity of the term ātāpī with the vocabulary of austerity and mortification and on the other the fact that the Buddha recommends being ātāpī (most prominently in the satipaṭṭhāna First of all, it should be borne in mind that the |
“dveme, bhikkhave, antā pabbajitena na sevitabbā. katame dve? yo cāyaṃ |
These two extremes, bhikkhus, should not be adopted by one who has gone |
But at AN 10.94, |
|
|
— |
— |
— |
— |
… |
… [The Blessed One:] |
nāhaṃ, gahapati, sabbaṃ tapaṃ tapitabbanti vadāmi; na ca panāhaṃ, gahapati, sabbaṃ tapaṃ na tapitabbanti |
I don’t say that all asceticism is to be pursued, nor do I say that all asceticism is not to be pursued. |
“yañhi, gahapati, tapaṃ tapato akusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, kusalā dhammā parihāyanti, evarūpaṃ tapaṃ na tapitabbanti vadāmi. yañca khvassa gahapati, tapaṃ tapato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, evarūpaṃ tapaṃ tapitabbanti vadāmi. |
“If, when an ascetic practice is pursued, unskillful qualities grow and skillful qualities wane, then I tell you that that sort of asceticism is not to be pursued. But if, when an ascetic practice is pursued, unskillful qualities wane and skillful qualities grow, then I tell you that that sort of asceticism is to be pursued. |
“yañhi, gahapati, samādānaṃ samādiyato… padhānaṃ padahato… |
“If, when an observance is observed… when an exertion is pursued… a |
But again, by contrast, at SN 42.12, while still not |
ekamantaṃ nisinno kho rāsiyo gāmaṇi bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: |
Having sat down to one side, Rasiya the headman said to the Blessed One: |
— |
— |
— |
— |
… |
… |
“tatra, gāmaṇi, yvāyaṃ tapassī lūkhajīvī attānaṃ ātāpeti paritāpeti, |
Here, headman, regarding the ascetic leading a rough life who torments and tortures |
Yet the exact same combination of verbs, ‘ātāpeti paritāpeti’ (meaning here to heat and burn), |
“kathañca, bhikkhave, saphalo upakkamo hoti, saphalaṃ padhānaṃ? idha, |
“And how is striving fruitful, how is exertion fruitful? There is the |
“seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso itthiyā sāratto paṭibaddhacitto |
“Suppose that a man is in love with a woman, his mind ensnared with |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu iti paṭisañcikkhati: ‘yathāsukhaṃ kho |
“Furthermore, the monk notices this: ‘When I live according to my |
seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, usukāro tejanaṃ dvīsu alātesu ātāpeti paritāpeti ujuṃ karoti kammaniyaṃ. yato kho, bhikkhave, usukārassa tejanaṃ dvīsu alātesu ātāpitaṃ hoti paritāpitaṃ ujuṃ kataṃ kammaniyaṃ, na so taṃ aparena samayena usukāro tejanaṃ dvīsu alātesu ātāpeti paritāpeti ujuṃ karoti kammaniyaṃ. taṃ kissa hetu? yassa hi so, bhikkhave, atthāya usukāro tejanaṃ dvīsu alātesu ātāpeyya paritāpeyya ujuṃ kareyya kammaniyaṃ svāssa attho abhinipphanno hoti. tasmā na aparena samayena usukāro tejanaṃ dvīsu alātesu ātāpeti paritāpeti ujuṃ karoti kammaniyaṃ. |
“Suppose a fletcher were to heat & warm an arrow shaft between two flames, making it straight & pliable. Then at a later time he would no longer heat & warm the shaft between two flames, making it straight & pliable. Why is that? Because he has attained the goal for which he was heating & warming the shaft. That is why at a later time he would no longer heat & warm the shaft between two flames, making it straight & pliable. |
evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu iti paṭisañcikkhati: ‘yathāsukhaṃ kho me |
“In the same way, the monk notices this: ‘When I live according to my |
Examples of some inherently unpleasant practices are mentioned elsewhere: |
“katamā ca, bhikkhave, dukkhā paṭipadā dandhābhiññā? idha, |
“And which is painful practice … ? There is the case where a |
A reason why some practices may become unpleasant is also mentioned at AN 4.162: |
“katamā ca, bhikkhave, dukkhā paṭipadā … ? idha, bhikkhave, |
“And which is painful practice … ? There is the case where a |
The Buddha also goes so far as to accept the appellation ‘one who tortures [himself]’ (tapassī), saying that what he has tortured were actually akusala dhammas: |
“katamo ca, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya: ‘tapassī samaṇo gotamo, tapassitāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’ti? tapanīyāhaṃ, sīha, pāpake akusale dhamme vadāmi kāyaduccaritaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ manoduccaritaṃ. yassa kho, sīha, tapanīyā pāpakā akusalā dhammā pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā, tamahaṃ ‘tapassī’ti vadāmi. tathāgatassa kho, sīha, tapanīyā |
And what, Siha, is the line of reasoning by which one speaking rightly could say of me: ‘The renunciate Gotama is one who tortures, he professes a teaching of torture and instructs his disciples accordingly’? I say, Siha, that bad, unwholesome states, bodily misconduct, verbal misconduct and mental misconduct are to be tortured. I say that one who has abandoned the bad, unwholesome states that are to be tortured, |
So we may try to conclude here that what the Buddha |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
It may also be important to note that being ātāpī does not necessarily refer to unpleasant practice, since it can constitute the basis to enter the jhānas: |
idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa |
Here, bhikkhus, while a bhikkhu is remaining heedful, ardent and striving, the pain faculty arises. He understands thus: ‘The |
The same is then repeated about domanass·indriya, sukh·indriya, somanass·indriya, and upekkh·indriya, respectively about the second, third, fourth jhānas and saññā·vedayita·nirodha. At MN 19, the same expression appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato (remaining heedful, ardent and striving) is similarly used to describe the state in which the Buddha was when he reached the three vijjās just before his awakening. attā: self, ego, soul, personality, individuality. This term actually designates an illusion, since all phenomena are anattā. attavādupādāna: [attā+vāda+upādāna] clinging to the belief in self. Such beliefs are explained in the Brahmajāla Sutta (DN 1), This attachment is compared to a leash: |
“seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, sā gaddulabaddho daḷhe khīle vā thambhe vā |
Just as a dog, tied by a leash to a post or stake, keeps running around |
so rūpaññeva anuparidhāvati anuparivattati, vedanaññeva … |
He keeps running around and circling around that very form… that very |
This delusion is described as being the source of the mistake that brings about the idea of an existing self: |
“ye hi keci, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā anekavihitaṃ attānaṃ |
Monks, whatever contemplatives or brahmans who assume in various ways |
“iti ayañceva samanupassanā ‘asmī’ti cassa avigataṃ hoti. ‘asmī’ti kho |
Thus, both this assumption & the understanding, ‘I am,’ occur to |
atthi, bhikkhave, mano, atthi dhammā, atthi avijjādhātu. |
Now, there is the intellect, there are ideas (mental qualities), there |
The exact same description occurs also at MN 109 in a definition of sakkāya·diṭṭhi. At SN 22.44, the same description is again given to explain the expression ’sakkāya·samudaya·gāminī paṭipada’ (the path leading to the arising of self-identification), and it is also equated to ‘dukkha·samudaya·gāminī samanupassanā’ (a way of seeing things that leads to the arising of dukkha).
Sometimes, the stock expression ‘rūpaṃ attato |
kathañca, bhikkhave, upādāparitassanā hoti? idha, bhikkhave, assutavā |
And how, bhikkhus, is there agitation through clinging? Here, bhikkhus, an uninstructed, run-of-the-mill person regards Form as ‘This is mine. This is my self. This is what I am’ |
As we can also see here, atta·vād·upādāna has for consequence ‘agitation through clinging’ (upādāparitassanā).
The formula ‘etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’’ti is also used to explain another way the expression ’sakkāya·samudaya·gāminī paṭipada’ (the path leading to the arising of self-identification), and is applied to the six senses, their objects, their corresponding viññāṇa, their respective contacts, and the vedanā that arises subsquently: |
“ayaṃ kho pana, bhikkhave, sakkāyasamudayagāminī paṭipadā: cakkhuṃ ‘etaṃ |
“This, monks, is the path of practice leading to self-identification. |
The Alagaddūpama Sutta provides a slightly different formulation of how atta·vād·upādāna comes to be: |
“chayimāni, bhikkhave, diṭṭhiṭṭhānāni. katamāni cha? idha, bhikkhave, |
Monks, there are these six view-positions. Which six? There is the case |
The way to abandon atta·vād·upādāna is by seeing anatta in the five khandhas: |
“yā imā, cunda, anekavihitā diṭṭhiyo loke uppajjanti |
“Cunda, as to those several views that arise in the world concerning |
avihiṃsā: [a+vihiṃsā] harmlessness, nonviolence, inoffensiveness. There is no direct definition of the term in the Avihiṃsā appears most prominently in avihiṃsā·saṅkappa, one of the three constituents of sammā·saṅkappa, which are also termed kusalā saṅkappā at MN 78. Alternatively, it also appears in the compound avihiṃsā·vitakka, which seems to be a synonym for avihiṃsā·saṅkappa. See also this blog article, arguing that, since avihiṃsā is set apart from a·byāpāda In several suttas (e.g. MN 114, AN 5.200) two of the three dhammas listed in sammā·saṅkappa appear in the same order, and avihiṃsā is replaced as the third by avihesā (non-harming). Another synonym is ahimsā (inoffensiveness): |
sabbhi dānaṃ upaññattaṃ, ahiṃsā saṃyamo damo. |
The virtuous prescribe giving, inoffensiveness, self-control, and self-taming. |
|
“yassa sabbamahorattaṃ, ahiṃsāya rato mano mettaṃ so sabbabhūtesu, veraṃ tassa na kenacī”ti. |
One whose mind takes delight in inoffensiveness all day and night, who has loving-kindness for all beings, has enmity towards none. |
Inoffensiveness (ahiṃsā) is also nobility: |
na tena ariyo hoti, yena pāṇāni hiṃsati. ahiṃsā sabbapāṇānaṃ, “ariyo”ti pavuccati. |
One who injures living beings is ignoble. One who is inoffensive towards all living beings is said to be a noble one. |
In the Dhātu·vibhaṅga of the Abhidhamma, karuṇa is said to be inherent to avihiṃsā·dhātu: ‘yā sattesu karuṇā karuṇāyanā karuṇāyitattaṃ karuṇācetovimutti, ayaṃ vuccati “avihiṃsādhātu”’. This statement finds an echo in various parts of the Sutta Piṭaka, as for example in the Dhammapada: |
129. sabbe tasanti daṇḍassa, sabbe bhāyanti maccuno. |
129. All tremble at the rod, all are fearful of death. |
130. sabbe tasanti daṇḍassa, sabbesaṃ jīvitaṃ piyaṃ. |
130. All tremble at the rod, all hold their life dear. |
At AN 2.168, avihiṃsā is juxtaposed with soceyya (purity/purification). At Sn 294, the word is juxtaposed with maddava (mildness), soracca (gentleness) and khanti (forbearance). The first two find echo in expressions such as that defining pharusa·vāca veramaṇī (abstinence from harsh speech): |
yā sā vācā nelā kaṇṇasukhā pemanīyā hadayaṅgamā porī bahujanakantā bahujanamanāpā, tathārūpiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti. |
He speaks words that are soothing to the ear, that are affectionate, |
Khanti (forbearance) is the word that is most often juxtaposed to avihiṃsā, a connection that is exemplified in many places, such as in the simile of the saw: |
“ubhatodaṇḍakena cepi, bhikkhave, kakacena corā ocarakā aṅgamaṅgāni |
“Monks, even if bandits were to carve you up savagely, limb by limb, |
“imañca tumhe, bhikkhave, kakacūpamaṃ ovādaṃ abhikkhaṇaṃ manasi |
“Monks, if you attend constantly to this admonition on the simile of the |
— |
— |
Another striking example is given at SN 35.88: |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
SN 47.19 also juxtaposes metta·cittatā (having a mind of good will) and anudayatā (sympathy) to avihiṃsā: |
kathañca, bhikkhave, paraṃ rakkhanto attānaṃ rakkhati? khantiyā, avihiṃsāya, mettacittatāya, anudayatāya. evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, paraṃ rakkhanto attānaṃ rakkhati. |
“And how do you watch after yourself when watching after others? Through endurance, through harmlessness, through a mind of goodwill, & through sympathy. This is how you watch after yourself when watching after others. |
SN 14.12 explains how avihiṃsā originates and leads to wholesome action: |
“avihiṃsādhātuṃ, bhikkhave, paṭicca uppajjati avihiṃsāsaññā, |
On account of the harmlessness element there arises the perception of |
Practicing harmlessness is behaving like a bee in a flower: |
yathāpi bhamaro pupphaṃ, vaṇṇagandhamaheṭhayaṃ, paleti rasamādāya, evaṃ gāme munī care. |
As a bee gathers honey from the flower without injuring its color or |
Lacking avihiṃsā is extensively described as bringing unpleasant results: |
māvoca pharusaṃ kañci, vuttā paṭivadeyyu taṃ |
Speak harshly to no one, or the words will be thrown right back at you. |
|
yo daṇḍena adaṇḍesu, appaduṭṭhesu dussati dasannamaññataraṃ ṭhānaṃ, khippameva nigacchati: |
Whoever, with a rod harasses an innocent man, unarmed, quickly falls |
|
“vilumpateva puriso, yāvassa upakappati. |
A man may plunder as long as it serves his ends, but when others are plundered, he who has plundered gets plundered in turn. |
“ṭhānañhi maññati bālo, yāva pāpaṃ na paccati. |
A fool thinks, ‘Now’s my chance,’ as long as his evil has yet to ripen. But when it ripens, the fool falls into pain. |
“hantā labhati hantāraṃ, jetāraṃ labhate jayaṃ. |
Killing, you gain your killer. Conquering, you gain one who will conquer |
Abandoning non-harmlessness and taking up avihiṃsā prevents bad experiences from arising and causes pleasant ones to arise in the future: |
sukhakāmāni bhūtāni, yo daṇḍena vihiṃsati. |
Whoever takes a rod to harm living beings desiring ease, when he himself |
sukhakāmāni bhūtāni, yo daṇḍena na hiṃsati. |
Whoever doesn’t take a rod to harm living beings desiring ease, when he |
|
“idha, māṇava, ekacco itthī vā puriso vā sattānaṃ viheṭhakajātiko hoti, |
Furthermore, there is the case where a certain woman or man has a |
“idha pana, māṇava, ekacco itthī vā puriso vā sattānaṃ aviheṭhakajātiko |
But there is the case where a certain woman or man does not have a |
|
suppabuddhaṃ pabujjhanti, sadā gotamasāvakā. |
Those disciples of Gotama ever awaken happily whose minds by day and night delight in the practice of non-violence. |
Dharmacāri Nāgapriya writes: “The early Buddhist nescience, ignorance. Avijjā is defined at SN 12.2 as consisting of ignorance regarding the four noble truths: |
“katamā ca, bhikkhave, avijjā? yaṃ kho, bhikkhave, dukkhe aññāṇaṃ, |
And what is ignorance? Not knowing suffering, not knowing the |
Other definitions relating to the five khandhas can be found in the Khandha Saṃyutta. |
— |
— |
— |
— |
vedanaṃ nappajānāti, vedanāsamudayaṃ nappajānāti, vedanānirodhaṃ nappajānāti, vedanānirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ nappajānāti; |
He does not understand |
saññaṃ nappajānāti, saññāsamudayaṃ nappajānāti, saññānirodhaṃ nappajānāti, saññānirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ nappajānāti; |
He does not understand |
saṅkhāre nappajānāti, saṅkhārasamudayaṃ nappajānāti, saṅkhāranirodhaṃ |
He does not understand |
viññāṇaṃ nappajānāti, viññāṇasamudayaṃ nappajānāti, viññāṇanirodhaṃ nappajānāti, viññāṇanirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ nappajānāti; |
He does not understand |
ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhu, avijjā. ettāvatā ca avijjāgato hotī”ti. |
This, bhikkhu, is called ignorance, and it is to this extent that one is immersed in ignorance. |
|
— |
— |
— |
— |
samudayadhammaṃ vedanaṃ ‘samudayadhammā vedanā’ti yathābhūtaṃ |
He does not understand Feeling by nature subject to arising as it really is: ‘Feeling is by nature subject to arising’. He does not understand Feeling by nature subject to passing away as it really is: ‘Feeling is by nature subject to passing away’. He does not understand Feeling by nature subject to arising & passing away as it really is: ‘Feeling is by nature subject to arising & passing away’. |
samudayadhammaṃ saññaṃ ‘samudayadhammaṃ saññan’ti yathābhūtaṃ |
He does not understand Perception by nature subject to arising as it really is: ‘Perception is by nature subject to arising’. He does not understand Perception by nature subject to passing away as it really is: ‘Perception is by nature subject to passing away’. He does not understand Perception by nature subject to arising & passing away as it really is: ‘Perception is by nature subject to arising & passing away’. |
samudayadhamme saṅkhāre ‘samudayadhammā saṅkhārā’ti yathābhūtaṃ |
He does not understand Constructions by nature subject to arising as it really is: ‘Constructions is by nature subject to arising’. He does not understand Constructions by nature subject to passing away as it really is: ‘Constructions is by nature subject to passing away’. He does not understand Constructions by nature subject to arising & passing away as it really is: ‘Constructions is by nature subject to arising & passing away’. |
samudayadhammaṃ viññāṇaṃ ‘samudayadhammaṃ viññāṇan’ti yathābhūtaṃ |
He does not understand Consciousness by nature subject to arising as it really is: ‘Consciousness is by nature subject to arising’. He does not understand Consciousness by nature subject to passing away as it really is: ‘Consciousness is by nature subject to passing away’. He does not understand Consciousness by nature subject to arising & passing away as it really is: ‘Consciousness is by nature subject to arising & passing away’. |
ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhu, avijjā. ettāvatā ca avijjāgato hotī”ti. |
This, bhikkhu, is called ignorance, and it is to this extent that one is immersed in ignorance. |
|
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
This, friend, is called ignorance, and it is to this extent that one is immersed in ignorance. |
At SN 22.84, avijjā is likened to a ‘dense thicket’ (tibbo vanasaṇḍo) along the path to nibbāna. At MN 19, it is likened to a ‘decoy’ (okacara) set up by a hunter (Māra) in order to lure a herd of deers on a false path that will bring them calamity and disaster. At MN 105, avijjā is likened to a poison (visadosa) smeared on an arrow (salla) which has wounded someone. The arrow represents taṇhā, while the poison is spread out by chanda·rāga·byāpāda. Avijjā is one of the three āsavas, along with kāma and bhava. Avijjā is one of the four oghas (floods), as well as one of the four yogas (bonds), and is juxtaposed in both sets with kāma, bhava and diṭṭhi. |
Avijjāyogo ca kathaṃ hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco channaṃ |
“And how is there the yoke of ignorance? There is the case where a |
Avijjā is one of the uddhambhāgiyā saṃyojanā (higher fetters), along with rūpa·rāga, arūpa·rāga, māna, and uddhacca. Avijjā is also the last of the seven anusayas, along with kāma·rāga, paṭigha, diṭṭhi, vicikiccha, māna and bhava·rāga. As an anusaya, avijjā is related to adukkham·asukhā vedanā: |
adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya phuṭṭho samāno tassā vedanāya samudayañca |
If, when touched by a feeling of neither pleasure nor pain, one does not |
|
“adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya avijjānusayo anusetī”ti… |
Ignorance-obsession gets obsessed with neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling… |
“sabbāya adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya avijjānusayo anusetī”ti?… |
Does ignorance-obsession get obsessed with all neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling?… |
“na sabbāya adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya avijjānusayo anusetī”ti… |
No, ignorance-obsession does not get obsessed with all neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling… |
“adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya kiṃ pahātabban”ti?… |
What is to be abandoned with regard to neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling?… |
“adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya avijjānusayo pahātabbo”ti… |
Ignorance-obsession is to be abandoned with regard to neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling… |
“sabbāya adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya avijjānusayo pahātabbo”ti?… |
Is ignorance-obsession to be abandoned with regard to all neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling?… |
na sabbāya adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya avijjānusayo pahātabbo… |
No, ignorance-obsession is not to be abandoned with regard to all neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling… |
idhāvuso visākha, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā, dukkhassa ca pahānā, |
There is the case where a monk, with the abandoning of pleasure & |
Avijjā is also related to ‘that which is felt born of contact with ignorance’ (avijjā·samphassa·ja vedayita): |
atthi, bhikkhave, mano, atthi dhammā, atthi avijjādhātu. |
Now, there is the intellect, there are ideas (mental qualities), there |
“tiṭṭhanteva kho, bhikkhave, tattheva pañcindriyāni. athettha sutavato |
The five faculties, monks, continue as they were. And with regard to |
|
avijjāsamphassajena, bhikkhave, vedayitena phuṭṭhassa assutavato puthujjanassa uppannā taṇhā |
To an uninstructed, run-of-the-mill person, touched by that which is felt born of contact with ignorance, craving arises. |
At AN 3.67, avijjā is explained as having moha for synonym, although it is arguable that, given the position of avijjā among the anusayas, it would refer to a deeper type of mental factor related to ignorance, that may not be active all the time, of which moha would be the active expression through delusion. Avijjā is also the root cause in paṭicca·samuppāda, giving rise to saṅkhāras. As mentioned above, the term is defined in this context at SN 12.2 as not knowing the four ariya·saccas. The role that avijjā plays in regard to other akusala dhammas is also referred to outside of the context of paṭicca·samuppāda: |
“seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, kūṭāgārassa yā kāci gopānasiyo sabbā tā |
Just as the rafters in a peak-roofed house all go to the roof-peak, |
|
“avijjā, bhikkhave, pubbaṅgamā akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpattiyā, |
Monks, ignorance is the leader in the attainment of unskillful |
Avijjā gives rise to āsavas: |
“katamo ca, bhikkhave, āsavānaṃ nidānasambhavo? avijjā, bhikkhave, āsavānaṃ nidānasambhavo… |
And what is the cause by which fermentations come into play? Ignorance is the cause by which fermentations come into play… |
“katamo ca, bhikkhave, āsavanirodho? avijjānirodho, bhikkhave, āsavanirodho. |
And what is the cessation of fermentations? From the cessation of ignorance is the cessation of fermentations |
As we will see below, the relationship between avijjā and āsavas is reciprocal. Avijjā is also specificly said to give rise to craving: |
avijjānivutā posā, piyarūpābhinandino. |
Men hindered by ignorance |
|
“bhavataṇhāmpāhaṃ, bhikkhave, sāhāraṃ vadāmi, no anāhāraṃ. ko cāhāro bhavataṇhāya? ‘avijjā’tissa vacanīyaṃ. |
I say, bhikkhus, that craving for existence has a nutriment; it is not |
Avijjā appears due to specific factors. The five nīvaraṇas: |
“purimā, bhikkhave, koṭi na paññāyati avijjāya: ‘ito pubbe avijjā |
Bhikkhus, this is said: ‘A first point of ignorance, bhikkhus, is not |
|
“katame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā na manasikaraṇīyā ye dhamme manasi karoti? |
And what are the ideas unfit for attention that he attends to? Whatever |
“so evaṃ ayoniso manasi karoti: ‘ahosiṃ nu kho ahaṃ atītamaddhānaṃ? na |
“This is how he attends inappropriately: ‘Was I in the past? Was I not |
“tassa evaṃ ayoniso manasikaroto channaṃ diṭṭhīnaṃ aññatarā diṭṭhi |
“As he attends inappropriately in this way, one of six kinds of view |
Āsavas: |
āsavasamudayā avijjāsamudayo, āsavanirodhā avijjānirodho |
With the arising of the taints there is the arising of |
A number of factors leading to the cessation of avijjā are also mentioned in the suttas. Kāyagatāsati: |
“ekadhamme, bhikkhave, bhāvite bahulīkate avijjā pahīyati. katamasmiṃ ekadhamme? kāyagatāya satiyā. |
When one thing, bhikkhus, is developed and cultivated, ignorance is abandoned. Which thing? Mindfulness directed to the body. |
|
“aniccasaññā, bhikkhave, bhāvitā bahulīkatā sabbaṃ kāmarāgaṃ |
Bhikkhus, when the perception of impermanence is developed and |
… |
… |
“kathaṃ bhāvitā ca, bhikkhave, aniccasaññā kathaṃ bahulīkatā sabbaṃ |
And how, bhikkhus, is the perception of impermanence developed and |
|
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
|
“kathaṃ pana, bhante, jānato, kathaṃ passato avijjā pahīyati, vijjā uppajjatī”ti? |
“But, venerable sir, how should one know, how should one |
“idha, bhikkhu, bhikkhuno sutaṃ hoti: ‘sabbe dhammā nālaṃ |
“Here, bhikkhu, a bhikkhu has heard, ‘Nothing is worth adhering |
|
“chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu himavantaṃ pabbatarājaṃ |
“Bhikkhus, possessing six qualities, a bhikkhu could break the |
idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu samādhissa samāpattikusalo hoti, |
Here, a bhikkhu is skilled in attaining of concentration; |
samādhissa ṭhitikusalo hoti, |
skilled in maintaining |
samādhissa vuṭṭhānakusalo hoti, |
skilled in emerging from concentration; |
samādhissa kallitakusalo hoti, |
skilled in fitness for concentration; |
samādhissa gocarakusalo hoti, |
skilled in the area of |
samādhissa abhinīhārakusalo hoti. |
skilled in resolution regarding |
|
vipassanā, bhikkhave, bhāvitā kamatthamanubhoti? paññā bhāvīyati. paññā bhāvitā kamatthamanubhoti? yā avijjā sā pahīyati. |
When insight is developed, what purpose does it serve? Discernment is |
|
katame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā abhiññā pahātabbā? avijjā ca bhavataṇhā ca |
What, monks, are the states to be abandoned with higher knowledge? They are ignorance and the desire for [further] becoming. |
Cultivating appamāda and being ātāpī: |
ayaṃ kho me, brāhmaṇa, rattiyā paṭhame yāme paṭhamā vijjā adhigatā, |
This was the first knowledge I attained in the first watch of the night. |
āvuso: friend - usually in conversation between āyasmā: venerable - lit: old. Used as a respectful appellation of a bhikkhu of some standing. āyatana: sphere, stretch, extent, reach, sphere of perception. The word appears mainly in two contexts: 1) as refering both to the six physical sense organs, i.e. cakkhu, sota, ghāna, jivhā, kāya, mana, as well as to their respective objects, i.e. rūpa visible objects, sadda sounds, gandha smells, rasa tastes, phoṭṭhabba tangible bodily phenomena, dhamma mental phenomena. 2) to designate each of the four formless jhānas. ayoniso manasikāra: inappropiate attention, unwise reflection. The most substantial characterization of ayoniso manasikāra is provided in the Sabbāsavā Sutta: |
“so evaṃ ayoniso manasi karoti: ‘ahosiṃ nu kho ahaṃ atītamaddhānaṃ? na |
This is how he attends inappropriately: ‘Was I in the past? Was I not in |
“tassa evaṃ ayoniso manasikaroto channaṃ diṭṭhīnaṃ aññatarā diṭṭhi |
As he attends inappropriately in this way, one of six kinds of view |
According to the commentary, ayoniso manasikāra The Akusalavitakka Sutta also provides a connection with the wrong type of vitakkas: |
ekaṃ samayaṃ aññataro bhikkhu kosalesu viharati aññatarasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe. |
On one occasion a certain monk was dwelling among the Kosalans in a |
“ayoniso manasikārā, so vitakkehi khajjasi. |
From inappropriate attention, you’re being chewed by your thoughts. |
At AN 5.151, ayoniso manasikāra is juxtaposed with an·ekagga·citta (see ekagga·tā for an antonym) in one single item as an attitude preventing one who listens to the Dhamma from realizing it. Ayoniso manasikāra prevents wholesome states from arising:
The seven bojjhaṅgas: |
“nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā |
Bhikkhus, I do not see any other thing because of which unarisen factors |
|
asatāsampajaññampāhaṃ, bhikkhave, sāhāraṃ vadāmi, no anāhāraṃ. ko cāhāro |
Lack of mindfulness and clear comprehension, too, I say, has a |
Ayoniso manasikāra also gives rise to other akusala dhammas: |
“nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā |
Bhikkhus, I do not see any other thing because of which unarisen |
In particular, in conjunction with other phenomena, it gives rise to the five nīvaraṇas: |
ko ca, bhikkhave, āhāro anuppannassa vā kāmacchandassa uppādāya, |
And what is the food for the arising of unarisen sensual desire, or for |
“ko ca, bhikkhave, āhāro anuppannassa vā byāpādassa uppādāya, uppannassa |
And what is the food for the arising of unarisen ill will, or for the |
“ko ca, bhikkhave, āhāro anuppannassa vā thinamiddhassa uppādāya, |
And what is the food for the arising of unarisen sloth & drowsiness, |
“ko ca, bhikkhave, āhāro anuppannassa vā uddhaccakukkuccassa uppādāya, |
And what is the food for the arising of unarisen restlessness & |
When it comes to vicikicchā, ayoniso manasikāra is the cause per se: |
“nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā |
Bhikkhus, I do not see any other thing because of which unarisen doubt |
Ayoniso manasikāra is also the direct cause for the arising of micchā·diṭṭhi: |
“nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā |
Bhikkhus, I do not see any other thing because of which unarisen wrong |
It generally leads to ‘great harm’ (mahato anatthāya): |
“nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yo evaṃ mahato |
Bhikkhus, I do not see any other thing that leads to such great harm as inappropriate attention. |
It leads particularly to the disappearance of the Dhamma (saddhammassa sammosāya antaradhānāya): |
“nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yo evaṃ saddhammassa |
Bhikkhus, I do not see any other thing that leads to the decline and |
According to AN 10.76, ayoniso manasikāra rests particularly on three phenomena: forgetfulness (muṭṭhasacca), lack of sampajañña, and mental unrest (cetaso vikkhepa).
Katamo ca, bhikkhave, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo? Seyyathidaṃ sammādiṭṭhi, |
Now what, monks, is the Noble Eightfold Path? Right view, right resolve, |
Katamā ca, bhikkhave, sammādiṭṭhi? Yaṃ kho, bhikkhave, dukkhe ñāṇaṃ, |
And what, monks, is right view? Knowledge with regard to stress, |
Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammāsaṅkappo? Yo kho, bhikkhave, |
And what is right resolve? Being resolved on renunciation, on freedom |
Katamā ca, bhikkhave, sammāvācā? Yā kho, bhikkhave, musāvādā veramaṇī, |
And what is right speech? Abstaining from lying, abstaining from |
Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammā-kammanto? Yā kho, bhikkhave, pāṇātipātā |
And what, monks, is right action? Abstaining from taking life, |
Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammā-ājīvo? Idha, bhikkhave, ariya-sāvako |
And what, monks, is right livelihood? There is the case where a disciple |
Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammāvāyāmo? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu anuppannānaṃ |
And what, monks, is right effort? (i) There is the case where a monk |
Katamā ca, bhikkhave, sammāsati? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu |
And what, monks, is right mindfulness? (i) There is the case where a |
Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammāsamādhi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu |
And what, monks, is right concentration? (i) There is the case where a |
♦ The ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga is most famously introduced at SN 56.11 as the Middle Way (majjhimā paṭipadā), i.e. the path avoiding both hedonism and self-mortification: |
Dve·me, bhikkhave, antā pabbajitena na sevitabbā. Katame dve? Yo c·āyaṃ |
These two extremes, bhikkhus, should not be adopted by one who has gone |
♦ The ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga is also introduced later on in that same sutta as the fourth ariya·sacca: |
Idaṃ kho pana, bhikkhave, dukkha·nirodha·gāminī paṭipadā ariya·saccaṃ: |
Furthermore, bhikkhus, this is the noble truth of path leading to the |
♦ As explained above at SN 56.11, the ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga is what leads to nibbāna. At SN 45.62, the former leads towards the latter just as the river Ganges slants, slopes, and inclines towards the east (seyyathāpi gaṅgā nadī pācīna·ninnā pācīna·poṇā pācīna·pabbhārā). At SN 45.86, the path is like a tree slanting, sloping and inclining towards the east (seyyathāpi rukkho pācīna·ninno pācīna·poṇo pācīna·pabbhāro) and that could only fall towards that direction if it were to be cut at the foot. It is also said to be the way leading to amata (amata·gāmi·maggo, SN 45.7), or to the unconditioned (a·saṅkhata·gāmi·maggo, SN 43.11). ♦ The ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga has its own entire saṃyutta (SN 45), that is rich in similes and explanations. ♦ The ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga is given various designations. At MN 19, it is called ‘The peaceful and safe path to be followed with exaltation’ (khemo maggo sovatthiko pīti·gamanīyo). It is often identified with the brahmacariya (e.g. SN 45.6), or with asceticism (sāmañña) such as at SN 45.35, or brahminhood (brahmañña) such as at SN 45.36. At SN 12.65, it is the ancient path, the ancient road traveled by the sammā·Sambuddhā of the past. At SN 35.191, the ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga is compared to a raft to cross over from identity to ‘the other shore’, which stands for nibbāna. At SN 45.4, after Ānanda sees a brahmin on a luxurious chariot and calls it a ‘brahmic vehicle’ (brahma·yāna), the Buddha says that is actually a designation for the ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga, along with the ‘Dhamma vehicle’ (dhamma·yāna) and the ’supreme victory in battle’ (anuttara saṅgāma·vijaya). The ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga is also called rightness (sammatta, SN 45.21), kusalā dhammā (SN 45.22), the right way (sammā·paṭipada, SN 45.23) and right practice (sammā·paṭipatti, SN 45.31). ♦ The ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga is part of a set of 37 dhammas which are sometimes listed together (e.g. at AN 10.90, SN 22.81). They are sometimes called the bodhipakkhiyā dhammā, although this expression doesn’t have a strict definition in the suttas and is loosely used to describe other sets. The ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga is also said at SN 45.155 to develop those bodhi·pakkhiya·dhammā. ♦ Each factor (aṅga) of the path is said to lead to the next: |
“sammattaṃ, bhikkhave, āgamma ārādhanā hoti, no virādhanā. kathañca, |
Having come to rightness, bhikkhus, there is success, not failure. And |
A similar progression is also notably found at SN |
“tatra, bhikkhave, sammādiṭṭhi pubbaṅgamā hoti. kathañca, bhikkhave, |
Therein, bhikkhus, right view is the forerunner. And how is right view |
… |
… |
so micchāsaṅkappassa pahānāya vāyamati, sammāsaṅkappassa upasampadāya, |
One makes an effort to abandon wrong thought and to acquire right |
♦ The enumeration of each path factor is sometimes The second formula can be found at SN 45.4 and says: ‘which The third one is found for example at SN 45.115 and says: ‘which has the Deathless as its ground, the Deathless as its destination, the Deathless as its final goal’ (amat·ogadha amata·parāyana amata·pariyosāna). The fourth is found for example at SN 45.91 and says: ‘which slants towards Nibbāna, slopes towards Nibbāna, inclines towards Nibbāna‘ (nibbāna·ninna nibbāna·poṇa nibbāna·pabbhāra). ♦ The ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga, if unarisen, does not arise apart from the appearance of a Buddha (n·āññatra tathāgatassa pātubhāvā arahato sammāsambuddhassa, SN 45.14) or the Discipline of a Sublime one (n·āññatra sugata·vinaya, SN 45.15). ♦ At SN 55.5, the ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga is what defines sotāpatti, since sota (the stream) is the ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga itself, and a sotāpanna is one who possesses it: |
— |
— |
— |
— |
… |
… |
— |
— |
— |
— |
♦ At MN 126, the 8 factors of the ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga are presented as a technology of the mind (’a proper method for procuring fruit’: yoni hesā phalassa adhigamāya) ♦ At AN 4.237, the 8 factors of the ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga constitute ‘kamma that is neither dark nor bright with neither-dark-nor-bright result, that leads to the destruction of kamma‘ (kammaṃ a·kaṇhā·sukkaṃ a·kaṇhā·sukka·vipākaṃ, kamma·kkhayāya saṃvattati). ♦ The ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga is not seldom augmented to become a tenfold set, with the addition of sammā·ñāṇa and sammā·vimutti. SN 45.26 seems to indicate that these two factors are relevant only for the arahant, as they are what makes the difference between a sappurisa and someone who is better than a sappurisa (sappurisena sappurisataro). ♦ Ten phenomena are said to be the precursors for the arising of the ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga, the first seven according to the following simile: |
sūriyassa, bhikkhave, udayato etaṃ pubbaṅgamaṃ etaṃ pubbanimittaṃ, |
This, bhikkhus, is the forerunner and foretoken of the rising of the |
In each case, it is said that when a bhikkhu satisfies the condition, ‘it 1. Mentioned most often is kalyāṇa·mittatā (with the above sunrise simile at SN 45.49). It is most famously said at SN 45.2 to be the entire brahmacariya (sakalam·ev·idaṃ brahmacariyaṃ), since it can be expected from one who develops it that he will practice the ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga, all the more that as we have seen earlier (e.g. at SN 45.6), brahmacariya is also defined as the ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga itself. We find as well a formula reminiscent of the suttas found at the beginning of AN 1: |
nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi, yena anuppanno vā |
I do not see even one other thing, bhikkhus, because of which the |
2. Sīla |
seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ye keci balakaraṇīyā kammantā karīyanti, sabbe |
Just as, bhikkhus, whatever actions are to be performed with strength |
|
seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ye kecime bījagāmabhūtagāmā vuḍḍhiṃ virūḷhiṃ |
Just as, bhikkhus, whatever kinds of seed and plant life come to |
3. Appamāda 4. Sammā·diṭṭhi (AN 10.121) or accomplishment in view (diṭṭhi·sampadā, SN 45.53), 5. Accomplishment in desire (chanda·sampadā) is mentioned with the sunrise simile at SN 45.51. The Commentary explains it as desire for kusalā dhammā. In a related meaning, the word chanda appears notably in the sammā·vāyāma formula. 6. Accomplishment in self (atta·sampadā), mentioned with the sunrise simile at SN 45.52. The commentary explains the expression as sampanna·citta·tā (accomplishment in mind), which suggests the attainment of samādhi (see adhi·citta·sikkhā). The expression ‘atta·ññū hoti’ (one who knows himself) may explain the term. At SN 7.68, it is explained as knowing oneself to have saddhā, sīla, learning (suta), cāga, paññā and understanding (paṭibhāna). 7. Accomplishment in appropriate attention (yoniso·manasikāra-sampadā), mentioned with the sunrise simile at SN 45.52. 8, 9 & 10. Vijjā followed by hiri and ottappa (anva·d·eva hir·ottappa) is said to be the forerunner (pubb·aṅgama) in the entry upon kusalā dhammā (kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpatti) at SN 45.1 and AN 10.105. ♦ The ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga is said at AN 4.34 to be the highest (agga) of saṅkhatā dhammā and to bring the highest vipākā. ♦ As we have seen above at SN 56.11, the ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga produces ñāṇa·dassana and leads to upasama, sambodhi and Nibbāna. Between SN 45.161 and SN 45.180, it is also said to lead to the direct knowledge (abhiññā), full understanding (pariññā), complete destruction (parikkhaya), and abandoning (pahāna) of various phenomena: the three discriminations (vidhā), i.e. ‘I am superior’ (‘seyyo·ham·asmī’ti), ‘I am equal’ (‘sadiso·ham·asmī’ti), ‘I am inferior’ (hīno·ham·asmī’ti); the three searches (esanā), i.e. the search for sensuality (kām·esanā), the search for [a good] existence (bhav·esanā), the search for the brahmic life (brahmacariy·esanā); the three āsavā; the three bhavā; the three sufferings (dukkhatā), i.e. the suffering from pain (dukkha·dukkhatā), the suffering from Constructions (saṅkhāra·dukkhatā), the suffering from change (vipariṇāma·dukkhatā); the three akusalamulā; the three types of vedanā; kāma, diṭṭhi and avijjā; the four upādānā; abhijjhā, byāpāda, sīla·bbata parāmāsa and adherence to [the view] ‘This [alone] is the truth’ (idaṃ·sacc·ābhinivesa); the seven anusayā; the five kāma·guṇā; the five nīvaraṇā; the five upādāna·kkhandhas; the ten saṃyojanā. ♦ The ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga also leads to the cessation (nirodha) of phenomena: MN 9 lists all the twelve links of paṭicca·samuppāda, the four āhārā and the three āsavā; AN 6.63 additionally speaks of the cessation of kāma and kamma; SN 22.56 mentions the cessation of each of the five upādāna·kkhandhas. ♦ The ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga is the tool to remove akusalā dhammā. In that respect, MN 3 directly mentions all the 16 upakkilesā (with dosa in place of byāpāda). A number of similes illustrating this point are given in the Magga Saṃyutta: at SN 45.153, akusalā dhammā ♦ The ariya aṭṭh·aṅg·ika magga gives strength
|
“seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, āgantukāgāraṃ. tattha puratthimāyapi disāya |
Suppose, monks, there is a guest-house. Travelers come from the east, |
“katame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā abhiññā pariññeyyā? pañcupādānakkhandhātissa vacanīyaṃ… |
What, monks, are the states to be comprehended with higher knowledge? They are the five groups of clinging… |
katame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā abhiññā pahātabbā? avijjā ca bhavataṇhā ca… |
What, monks, are the states to be abandoned with higher knowledge? They are ignorance and the desire for [further] becoming… |
katame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā abhiññā sacchikātabbā? vijjā ca vimutti ca… |
And what, monks, are the states to be experienced with higher knowledge? They are knowledge and liberation… |
katame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā abhiññā bhāvetabbā? samatho ca vipassanā ca. |
And what, monk, are the states to be cultivated with higher knowledge? They are calm and insight. |
ariyasacca: [ariya+sacca] noble truth. The four ariya·saccas are expounded by the Buddha in his very first discourse, the Dhamma-cakka’p'pavattana Sutta. It consists of:
ariyasāvaka: [ariya+sāvaka] noble disciple. arūpabhava: [a+rūpa+bhava] existence/ becoming in the formless realm, which is taken as meaning those Brahmā-lokas which are accessible only to those who master at least the fifth jhāna. Arūpa-bhava is one of the three types of bhava. asantuṭṭhitā: [a+santuṭṭhitā] discontent, dissatisfaction. discontent, dissatisfied ♦ Sometimes, the adjective a·santuṭṭha is used with a rather neutral connotation, as at SN 35.198, where a bhikkhu is simply not satisfied with the answers given to his question. ♦ Most of the time, the word and its lexical derivatives carry a negative (akusala) connotation: |
“nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā |
I do not see even one other thing, bhikkhus, because of which unarisen |
|
“nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yo evaṃ mahato anatthāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, asantuṭṭhitā. |
I do not see even one other thing, bhikkhus, that leads to such great harm as discontent. |
|
“nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yo evaṃ saddhammassa |
I do not see even one other thing, bhikkhus, that leads to the decline |
|
“so vatānanda, bhikkhu ‘asantuṭṭho samāno imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjissatī’ti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. |
It is impossible, Ānanda, that a bhikkhu who is not content will find growth, progress, and completion in this Dhamma-Vinaya. |
When the word carries such a connotation, being a·santuṭṭha is explained as follows: |
bhikkhu mahiccho hoti, vighātavā, asantuṭṭho, itarītara-cīvara-piṇḍapāta-senāsana-gilāna-ppaccaya-bhesajja-parikkhārena |
a bhikkhu has great desires, is annoyed and is not content with whatever |
As it is the case above, the word a·santuṭṭhitā or its lexical derivatives are very often juxtaposed with mahicchatā, which can almost be considered a synonym. In the Vinaya, lay people who are offended by bhikkhus’ behavior often say: |
mahicchā ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā asantuṭṭhā. |
These ascetics sons of the Sakyan are of great desires, not contented. |
This happens typically when misbehaving bhikkhus put AN 4.157 maps the concept with others: a·santuṭṭhitā leads to evil desire (pāpika iccha) for recognition (an·avañña) and lābha·sakkāra·siloka, then to wrong effort (vāyama) and finally deceiving families by pretending to be much worthier than one actually is: |
“cattārome, bhikkhave, pabbajitassa rogā. katame cattāro? idha, |
Bhikkhus, there are these four sicknesses of one gone forth. What four? |
The sutta then goes on to explain the cure, which |
“tasmātiha, bhikkhave, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ: ‘na mahicchā bhavissāma |
Therefore, bhikkhus, you should train thus: ‘We won’t have great |
In this sense, at AN 6.114, asantuṭṭhitā is juxtaposed with mahicchatā and a·sampajañña (lack of thorough comprehension). It serves as a criterion to know whether one can dwell on his own or should stay amid other monks: |
“pañcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu nālaṃ saṅghamhā |
If he is endowed with five qualities, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu is not fit to |
Laypeople must also avoid this kind of asantuṭṭhitā: |
“sehi dārehi asantuṭṭho, vesiyāsu padussati, dussati paradāresu, taṃ parābhavato mukhaṃ”. |
Not satisfied with one’s own wives, he is seen among the whores and the wives of others — this is the cause of his downfall. |
♦ Although the word is mostly used with this negative connotation, it is also occasionally used with a positive (kusala) connotation. At AN 7.56 the devas who are content with their Brahmā state and do not know a higher escape (nissaraṇa) do not understand what those who are not content with that state and do know something higher may understand: |
ye kho te, mārisa moggallāna, brahmakāyikā devā brahmena āyunā |
Sir Moggallāna, the devas of Brahmā’s retinue who are content with a |
At AN 2.5, asantuṭṭhitā applied to wholesome states (kusalā dhammā) is presented as very important for developing further on the path: |
dvinnāhaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammānaṃ upaññāsiṃ: yā ca asantuṭṭhitā kusalesu dhammesu, yā ca appaṭivānitā padhānasmiṃ. |
Bhikkhus, I have come to know two qualities: non-contentment with wholesome states and tirelessness in exertion. |
At SN 55.40, being satisfied with the four usual sot·āpattiy·aṅgas leads to not making an effort (vāyama) in solitude (paviveka), and then to successively miss on pāmojja, pīti and passaddhi, and finally dwell in dukkha, which is considered living with pamāda, while not being satisfied with them prompts one to make the effort in solitude and experience successively pāmojja, pīti, passaddhi, sukha, samādhi, the fact that phenomena have become manifest, and finally living with appamāda. At AN 6.80, the word is interestingly surrounded by related concepts: |
chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu nacirasseva mahantattaṃ |
If he is endowed with six qualities, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu attains in no |
asappurisa: [a+sappurisa] The word is always contrasted with sappurisa. Bāla is sometimes explicitly mentioned as a synonym: |
‘bālo ayaṃ bhavaṃ asappuriso’’ti. |
‘This individual is a fool, a bad person’. |
The term is defined multiple times. We find in the suttas three main ways to define it. According to the micchā·paṭipadā: |
katamo ca, bhikkhave, asappuriso? idha, bhikkhave, ekacco micchādiṭṭhiko |
And what, bhikkhus, is a bad person? Here, bhikkhus, someone is of wrong |
“katamo ca, bhikkhave, asappurisena asappurisataro? idha, bhikkhave, |
And what, bhikkhus, is one who is worse than a bad person? Here, |
According to various subsets of the ten akusalā kamma·pathā: |
“katamo ca, bhikkhave, asappuriso? idha, bhikkhave, ekacco pāṇātipātī |
And what, bhikkhus, is a bad person? Here, bhikkhus, someone destroys |
“katamo ca, bhikkhave, asappurisena asappurisataro? idha, bhikkhave, |
And what, bhikkhus, is one who is worse than a bad person? Here, |
According to a particular set of bad qualities: |
“katamo ca, bhikkhave, asappuriso? idha, bhikkhave, ekacco assaddho |
And what, bhikkhus, is a bad person? Here, bhikkhus, someone doesn’t |
“katamo ca, bhikkhave, asappurisena asappurisataro? idha, bhikkhave, |
And what, bhikkhus, is one who is worse than a bad person? Here, |
The term is also defined or explained at great length in two suttas of the Majjhima Nikāya: |
asappuriso, bhikkhave, assaddhammasamannāgato hoti, asappurisabhatti |
“A person of no integrity is endowed with qualities of no integrity; he |
“kathañca, bhikkhave, asappuriso assaddhammasamannāgato hoti? idha, |
“And how is a person of no integrity endowed with qualities of no |
“kathañca, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisabhatti hoti? idha, bhikkhave, |
“And how is a person of no integrity a person of no integrity in his |
“kathañca, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisacintī hoti? idha, bhikkhave, |
“And how is a person of no integrity a person of no integrity in the way |
“kathañca, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisamantī hoti? idha, bhikkhave, |
“And how is a person of no integrity a person of no integrity in the way |
“kathañca, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisavāco hoti? idha, bhikkhave, |
“And how is a person of no integrity a person of no integrity in the way |
“kathañca, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisakammanto hoti? idha, |
“And how is a person of no integrity a person of no integrity in the way |
“kathañca, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisadiṭṭhi hoti? idha, bhikkhave, |
“And how is a person of no integrity a person of no integrity in the |
“kathañca, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisadānaṃ deti? idha, bhikkhave, |
“And how is a person of no integrity a person of no integrity in the way |
“so, bhikkhave, asappuriso evaṃ assaddhammasamannāgato, evaṃ |
“This person of no integrity, thus endowed with qualities of no |
|
“katamo ca, bhikkhave, asappurisadhammo? idha, bhikkhave, asappuriso |
“And which is the quality of a person of no integrity? “There is the |
“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso mahākulā pabbajito hoti … |
“Furthermore, a person of no integrity goes forth from a great family… |
“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso ñāto hoti yasassī… lābhī hoti |
“Furthermore, a person of no integrity is well-known & highly |
The sutta doesn’t mention the behavior of an asappurisa who would attain saññā·vedayita·nirodha, while it mentions that of a sappurisa who would, which suggests that a person who reaches such a state can no longer be an asappurisa. ♦ An asappurisa can be recognized by the way he relates to his own and his fellows’ faults and virtues: |
“catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato asappuriso veditabbo. katamehi |
“Monks, a person endowed with these four qualities can be known as ‘a |
“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso yo hoti parassa vaṇṇo taṃ puṭṭhopi |
“Then again, a person of no integrity, when asked, does not reveal |
“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso yo hoti attano avaṇṇo taṃ puṭṭhopi |
“Then again, a person of no integrity, when asked, does not reveal his |
“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso yo hoti attano vaṇṇo taṃ apuṭṭhopi |
“Then again, a person of no integrity, when unasked, reveals his own |
♦ According to AN 2.33, an asappurisa is ungrateful (a·kat·aññū - ‘one who doesn’t know what has been done’) and unthankful (a·kata·vedī - ‘one who doesn’t feel what has been done’). ♦ At AN 2.135, someone who, without knowing well nor investigating (an·anuvicca a·pariy·ogāhetvā), speaks in praise of someone who deserves critic (a·vaṇṇ·ārahassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati), or criticizes someone who deserves praise (vaṇṇ·ārahassa a·vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati), is an asappurisa. In the immediately following sutta, the same holds for believing a matter that merits suspiscion (appasādanīye ṭhāne pasādaṃ upadaṃseti) or being suspicious about a matter that merits belief (pasādanīye ṭhāne appasādaṃ upadaṃseti). ♦ At AN 2.137, one who misbehaves (micchā·paṭipajjati) towards his mother or father is an asappurisa, and in the immediately following sutta, the same holds for the Tathāgata or one of his disciples (tathāgata·sāvaka). ♦ At AN 10.61, listening to a teaching that contradicts the saddhamma is caused by association with asappurisā. āsava: that which flows (out or on to) outflow and influx. 1) spirit, the intoxicating extract or secretion of a tree or flower. 2) discharge from a sore (AN 3.25). 3) that which intoxicates the mind (bemuddles it, The Buddha often refers to arahatta as the total destruction of āsavas (āsavakkhaya). Sāriputta lists āsavas as threefold at MN 9:
The Sabbāsava Sutta explains in detail how the different types of āsavas are to be eradicated. āsavānaṃ khayañāṇa: [āsava khaya+ñāṇa] knowledge of the ending of āsavas, which arises with arahatta. It is one of the three vijjās. The formula defining it is analyzed there. the conceit ‘I am’. The term asmi·māna can be considered as a variant form of māna, which constitutes one of the five saṃyojanas that disappear only with arahatta, and one of the seven anusayas. Thus, it is essentially something to get rid of. ♦ In this connection, anicca·saññā applied to the five upādāna·kkhandhas is often presented as the way to remove asmi·māna, e.g.: |
“kathaṃ bhāvitā ca, bhikkhave, aniccasaññā kathaṃ bahulīkatā… sabbaṃ |
And how, bhikkhus, is the perception of impermanence developed and |
In an equivalent statement, the term asmi·māna is mentioned as applying to the five upādāna·kkhandhas, and the term anicca·saññā is replaced by ‘udayabbay·ānupassī’ (observing apparition and extinction). |
pañca kho ime, ānanda, upādānakkhandhā yattha bhikkhunā |
There are these five clinging-aggregates where a monk should stay, |
As a matter of fact, it is revealed at AN 9.1 that anicca·saññā does not lead directly to asmi·māna·samugghāta (eradication of the conceit ‘I am’). Rather, anicca·saññā leads first to anatta·saññā, which is the actual proximate cause for that eradication to take place: |
Aniccasaññā bhāvetabbā asmimānasamugghātāya. Aniccasaññino, bhikkhave, |
The perception of inconstancy should be developed, for the eradication |
♦ An alternative tool for abandoning asmi·māna is kāyagatāsati: |
ekadhamme, bhikkhave, bhāvite bahulīkate asmimāno pahīyati. katamasmiṃ ekadhamme? kāyagatāya satiyā. |
When, bhikkhus, one thing is developed and practiced often, the conceit |
AN 6.29, which features a unique list of anussatis, provides a more specific information: it is the nine sivathika contemplations that help eradicating asmi·māna: |
so imameva kāyaṃ evaṃ upasaṃharati: ‘ayampi kho kāyo evaṃdhammo |
He compares this very body with it [the corpse]: ‘This body is also of |
♦ We find in the suttas a few illustrative evocations of asmi·māna At AN 4.38, through eradication of asmi·māna, a bhikkhu is called ‘patilīna’, At AN 5.71, one who has abandoned asmi·māna is said to be an ariya ‘with banner lowered’ (panna·ddhajo), ‘with burden dropped’ (panna·bhāra) and ‘detached’ or ‘unfettered’ (visaṃyutta). assāda: (apparent/sensory) satisfaction, enjoyment, gratification, sweetness, allure, happiness. Often cited together with ādīnava and nissaraṇa as characteristics to be understood regarding various dhammas: the five upādāna·kkhandhas, kāma, certain diṭṭhis etc. The assāda of a particular dhamma is generally described as the sukha and somanassa which arise on account of it. The assāda of kāma, rūpa and vedanā are explained in detail at MN 13. assutavā: [a+suta+vā] uninstructed/ ignorant person - lit: ‘one who has not heard/learnt’. 1) (n:) non-beauty, foulness, loathsomeness, digust, ugliness. 2) (adj:) foul, loathsome, disgusting, ugly, impure, unpleasant. Almost synonymous with paṭikūla. The contemplation of an asubha·nimitta is the way to develop asubha·saññā. ♦ The contemplation of an asubha object is exclusively aimed at removing rāga (e.g. MN 62, AN 6.107) or at removing kāma·cchanda, which is one of the five nīvaraṇas (with the help of an asubha·nimitta, at SN 46.51 and AN 1.16). ♦ In the Aṅguttara Nikāya, the expression ‘bhikkhu asubhānupassī kāye viharati’ (a bhikkhu dwells contemplating asubha in the body) appears as a synonym for the practice of asubha·saññā (at AN 10.60), often applied specifically to kāya, and generally in conjunction with āhāre paṭikūla·saññī, sabba·loke an·abhirata·saññī, sabba·saṅkhāresu anicc·ānupassī, and maraṇa·saññ[ī]. This set of five factors is said in various synonym ways to lead to nibbāna (e.g. AN 5.69). They can also lead a sick bhikkhu to arahatta (AN 5.121). Alternatively, in some cases they lead only to anāgāmita (AN 5.122). ♦ The expression ‘asubhānupassī kāye viharati’ is also described at AN 4.163 as participating of a painful mode of practice (dukkhā paṭipadā). ♦ Seeing as subha something which is actually asubha constitutes one of four saññā·vipallāsa (distortions of perception), citta·vipallāsa (perversions of the mind), diṭṭhi·vipallāsa (inversions of views), the other three being the corresponding misunderstanding of aniccā, dukkha and anatta (AN 4.49). ♦ At SN 54.9, ♦ For further information about asubha practices, see asubha·nimitta and asubha·saññā below. asubhanimitta: [asubha+nimitta] sign of the unattractive, characteristic of foulness. The practice is to apply the mind to something repulsive, either per se ♦ At SN 46.51 and AN 1.16, an asubha·nimitta is said to remove kāma·cchanda, which is one of the five nīvaraṇas. At AN 3.69, it is also said to remove rāga. ♦ One practice involving asubha·nimittas is described in most detail in the section on charnel grounds (sivathika) of the Mahā·sati·paṭṭhāna Sutta, although not directly mentioned with this terminology. ♦ For further information about asubha practices, see asubha·saññā below. perception of the unattractive, perception of foulness, perception of non-beauty. This practice is explained at AN 10.60: it consists in reviewing 31 body parts. ♦ According to AN 7.49, when one often applies his/her mind to this practice, he/she is automatically repulsed by methuna·dhamma·samāpatti (getting into sexual intercourse). ♦ The seven bojjhaṅgas can be developed in conjunction with asubha·saññā (SN 46.72). ♦ According to AN 7.27, so long as the bhikkhus practice asubha·saññā, only growth can be expected of them, not decline. ♦ In the Aṅguttara Nikāya, asubha·saññā appears almost always with āhāre paṭikūla·saññā, sabba·loke an·abhirata·saññā and maraṇa·saññā. They are often collectively recommended for the sake of understanding or removing rāga (e.g. AN 5.303). ♦ Other perceptions usually associated with asubha·saññā include anicca·saññā, anicce dukkha·saññā, anatta·saññā, ādīnava·saññā, pahāna·saññā, virāga·saññā and nirodha·saññā. asura: beings resembling titans or fallen angels. Considered as in a way similar to the devas, but as being in a duggati, ātāpī: (adj:) ardent, diligent, serious in effort, zealous. The term appears most prominently in the Satipaṭṭhāna formulas: |
bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhā-domanassaṃ. |
a bhikkhu dwells observing body in body, ardent, clearly comprehending, mindful, having given up covetousness and affliction towards the world. |
It is explicitly defined at SN 16.2 in formulas reminiscent of those describing sammā·vāyāma: |
“kathañcāvuso, ātāpī hoti? idhāvuso, bhikkhu ‘anuppannā me pāpakā akusalā dhammā uppajjamānā anatthāya saṃvatteyyun’ti ātappaṃ karoti, |
And how, friend, is one ardent? Here, friend, a bhikkhu exerts ardor [considering]: ‘If unarisen bad, unskillful mental states arise in me, it would lead to [my] misfortune’; he exerts ardor [considering]: ‘If arisen bad, unskillful mental states are not abandoned in me, it would lead to [my] misfortune’; he exerts ardor [considering]: ‘If unarisen skillful mental states do not arise in me, it would lead to [my] misfortune’; he exerts ardor [considering]: ‘If arisen skillful mental states cease in me, this may lead to [my] misfortune.’ Thus, friend, he is ardent. |
This definition is extended to include the ability to endure extreme dukkha·vedanā at AN 3.50: |
“yato kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu anuppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ anuppādāya ātappaṃ karoti, |
Bhikkhus, when a bhikkhu exerts ardor for the non-arising of |
Another example of what being ātāpī means is given at AN 4.11: |
“carato cepi… ṭhitassa cepi… nisinnassa cepi… sayānassa cepi, |
If while walking… while standing… while sitting… while lying down a |
And at AN 4.12: |
“carato cepi… ṭhitassa cepi… nisinnassa cepi… sayānassa cepi, |
If while walking… while standing… while sitting… while wakefully |
A list of terms that appear to be related to ātappaṃ karoti and may help gathering the meaning of ātāpī is given at SN 12.87: sikkhā karoti (practice the training), yoga karoti (exert dedication), chanda karoti (stir up the desire), ussoḷhī karoti (make an exertion), appaṭivānī karoti (exert persistence), vīriyaṃ karoti (exert energy), sātaccaṃ karoti (exert perseverance), sati karoti (exert mindfulness), sampajaññaṃ karoti (exert clear comprehension), appamādo karoti (exert heedfulness). |
upādānaṃ, bhikkhave, ajānatā apassatā yathābhūtaṃ upādāne yathābhūtaṃ |
Bhikkhus, one who does not know, who does not see attachment as it |
Another list is found at DN 3 and adds padhāna, anuyoga and sammā·manasikāra (probably a synonym for yoniso manasikāra): |
ekacco samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā ātappamanvāya padhānamanvāya anuyogamanvāya appamādamanvāya sammāmanasikāramanvāya tathārūpaṃ cetosamādhiṃ phusati |
Some renuniciate or brahmin, by means of ardor, by means of |
Some suttas help understanding what being ātāpī means, as they explain what may happen when the practitioner is in that state: |
“tassa ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno evaṃ satassa sampajānassa appamattassa ātāpino |
As a monk is dwelling thus mindful & alert — heedful, ardent, |
“tassa ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno evaṃ satassa sampajānassa appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato uppajjati adukkhamasukhā vedanā… yo kāye ca adukkhamasukhāya ca vedanāya avijjānusayo, so pahīyati. |
As he is dwelling thus mindful & alert — heedful, ardent, |
For a more refined understanding of the expression 1) The first shade of meaning is best illustrated by the verb tapati, meaning ‘to shine’, as at SN 1.26: ‘divā tapati ādicco’ (the sun shines by day) or at SN 21.11: ’sannaddho khattiyo tapati’ (the khattiya shines clad in armor). 2) The second shade of meaning can be derived |
“dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā tapanīyā. katame dve? idha, bhikkhave, |
Bhikkhus, these two things cause torment. Which two? Here, |
We also find various instances of words related to tapati, used to refer to dukkha·vipāka and the remorse the wrong-doer experiences: |
akataṃ dukkaṭaṃ seyyo, pacchā tapati dukkaṭaṃ. |
Better left undone is a wrong deed, for a wrong deed later brings torment. |
|
na taṃ kammaṃ kataṃ sādhu, yaṃ katvā anutappati. |
An action which, once performed, brings torment is not well done. |
|
idha tappati pecca tappati, |
The evil-doer is tormented here and is tormented hereafter, |
3) The third shade of meaning is also derived from |
“yo naṃ bharati sabbadā, |
The one who always supports her |
In another example, someone overcome by the three akusala·mūlas does not make an effort to correct the falsehood that is said to him: |
abhūtena vuccamāno ātappaṃ karoti tassa nibbeṭhanāya itipetaṃ atacchaṃ itipetaṃ abhūtanti. |
When he is told things that are not factual, he makes an effort to correct it: ‘It is not true because of this, it is not factual because of this’. |
4) The fourth connotation, stronger, is that of asceticism or austerities. |
iti evarūpaṃ anekavihitaṃ kāyassa ātāpana-paritāpan-ānuyogamanuyutto viharāmi. idaṃsu me, sāriputta, tapassitāya hoti. |
Thus in such a variety of ways I dwelt pursuing the practice of tormenting and mortifying the body. Such was my asceticism. |
Those austerities are depicted at MN 51: |
“katamo ca, bhikkhave, puggalo attantapo attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto? |
And what, bhikkhus, is the person who torments himself and pursues the practice of mortifying |
Given on one hand this close proximity of the term ātāpī with the vocabulary of austerity and mortification and on the other the fact that the Buddha recommends being ātāpī (most prominently in the satipaṭṭhāna First of all, it should be borne in mind that the |
“dveme, bhikkhave, antā pabbajitena na sevitabbā. katame dve? yo cāyaṃ |
These two extremes, bhikkhus, should not be adopted by one who has gone |
But at AN 10.94, |
|
|
— |
— |
— |
— |
… |
… [The Blessed One:] |
nāhaṃ, gahapati, sabbaṃ tapaṃ tapitabbanti vadāmi; na ca panāhaṃ, gahapati, sabbaṃ tapaṃ na tapitabbanti |
I don’t say that all asceticism is to be pursued, nor do I say that all asceticism is not to be pursued. |
“yañhi, gahapati, tapaṃ tapato akusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, kusalā dhammā parihāyanti, evarūpaṃ tapaṃ na tapitabbanti vadāmi. yañca khvassa gahapati, tapaṃ tapato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, evarūpaṃ tapaṃ tapitabbanti vadāmi. |
“If, when an ascetic practice is pursued, unskillful qualities grow and skillful qualities wane, then I tell you that that sort of asceticism is not to be pursued. But if, when an ascetic practice is pursued, unskillful qualities wane and skillful qualities grow, then I tell you that that sort of asceticism is to be pursued. |
“yañhi, gahapati, samādānaṃ samādiyato… padhānaṃ padahato… |
“If, when an observance is observed… when an exertion is pursued… a |
But again, by contrast, at SN 42.12, while still not |
ekamantaṃ nisinno kho rāsiyo gāmaṇi bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: |
Having sat down to one side, Rasiya the headman said to the Blessed One: |
— |
— |
— |
— |
… |
… |
“tatra, gāmaṇi, yvāyaṃ tapassī lūkhajīvī attānaṃ ātāpeti paritāpeti, |
Here, headman, regarding the ascetic leading a rough life who torments and tortures |
Yet the exact same combination of verbs, ‘ātāpeti paritāpeti’ (meaning here to heat and burn), |
“kathañca, bhikkhave, saphalo upakkamo hoti, saphalaṃ padhānaṃ? idha, |
“And how is striving fruitful, how is exertion fruitful? There is the |
“seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso itthiyā sāratto paṭibaddhacitto |
“Suppose that a man is in love with a woman, his mind ensnared with |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu iti paṭisañcikkhati: ‘yathāsukhaṃ kho |
“Furthermore, the monk notices this: ‘When I live according to my |
seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, usukāro tejanaṃ dvīsu alātesu ātāpeti paritāpeti ujuṃ karoti kammaniyaṃ. yato kho, bhikkhave, usukārassa tejanaṃ dvīsu alātesu ātāpitaṃ hoti paritāpitaṃ ujuṃ kataṃ kammaniyaṃ, na so taṃ aparena samayena usukāro tejanaṃ dvīsu alātesu ātāpeti paritāpeti ujuṃ karoti kammaniyaṃ. taṃ kissa hetu? yassa hi so, bhikkhave, atthāya usukāro tejanaṃ dvīsu alātesu ātāpeyya paritāpeyya ujuṃ kareyya kammaniyaṃ svāssa attho abhinipphanno hoti. tasmā na aparena samayena usukāro tejanaṃ dvīsu alātesu ātāpeti paritāpeti ujuṃ karoti kammaniyaṃ. |
“Suppose a fletcher were to heat & warm an arrow shaft between two flames, making it straight & pliable. Then at a later time he would no longer heat & warm the shaft between two flames, making it straight & pliable. Why is that? Because he has attained the goal for which he was heating & warming the shaft. That is why at a later time he would no longer heat & warm the shaft between two flames, making it straight & pliable. |
evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu iti paṭisañcikkhati: ‘yathāsukhaṃ kho me |
“In the same way, the monk notices this: ‘When I live according to my |
Examples of some inherently unpleasant practices are mentioned elsewhere: |
“katamā ca, bhikkhave, dukkhā paṭipadā dandhābhiññā? idha, |
“And which is painful practice … ? There is the case where a |
A reason why some practices may become unpleasant is also mentioned at AN 4.162: |
“katamā ca, bhikkhave, dukkhā paṭipadā … ? idha, bhikkhave, |
“And which is painful practice … ? There is the case where a |
The Buddha also goes so far as to accept the appellation ‘one who tortures [himself]’ (tapassī), saying that what he has tortured were actually akusala dhammas: |
“katamo ca, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya: ‘tapassī samaṇo gotamo, tapassitāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’ti? tapanīyāhaṃ, sīha, pāpake akusale dhamme vadāmi kāyaduccaritaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ manoduccaritaṃ. yassa kho, sīha, tapanīyā pāpakā akusalā dhammā pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā, tamahaṃ ‘tapassī’ti vadāmi. tathāgatassa kho, sīha, tapanīyā |
And what, Siha, is the line of reasoning by which one speaking rightly could say of me: ‘The renunciate Gotama is one who tortures, he professes a teaching of torture and instructs his disciples accordingly’? I say, Siha, that bad, unwholesome states, bodily misconduct, verbal misconduct and mental misconduct are to be tortured. I say that one who has abandoned the bad, unwholesome states that are to be tortured, |
So we may try to conclude here that what the Buddha |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
It may also be important to note that being ātāpī does not necessarily refer to unpleasant practice, since it can constitute the basis to enter the jhānas: |
idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa |
Here, bhikkhus, while a bhikkhu is remaining heedful, ardent and striving, the pain faculty arises. He understands thus: ‘The |
The same is then repeated about domanass·indriya, sukh·indriya, somanass·indriya, and upekkh·indriya, respectively about the second, third, fourth jhānas and saññā·vedayita·nirodha. At MN 19, the same expression appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato (remaining heedful, ardent and striving) is similarly used to describe the state in which the Buddha was when he reached the three vijjās just before his awakening. attā: self, ego, soul, personality, individuality. This term actually designates an illusion, since all phenomena are anattā. attavādupādāna: [attā+vāda+upādāna] clinging to the belief in self. Such beliefs are explained in the Brahmajāla Sutta (DN 1), This attachment is compared to a leash: |
“seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, sā gaddulabaddho daḷhe khīle vā thambhe vā |
Just as a dog, tied by a leash to a post or stake, keeps running around |
so rūpaññeva anuparidhāvati anuparivattati, vedanaññeva … |
He keeps running around and circling around that very form… that very |
This delusion is described as being the source of the mistake that brings about the idea of an existing self: |
“ye hi keci, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā anekavihitaṃ attānaṃ |
Monks, whatever contemplatives or brahmans who assume in various ways |
“iti ayañceva samanupassanā ‘asmī’ti cassa avigataṃ hoti. ‘asmī’ti kho |
Thus, both this assumption & the understanding, ‘I am,’ occur to |
atthi, bhikkhave, mano, atthi dhammā, atthi avijjādhātu. |
Now, there is the intellect, there are ideas (mental qualities), there |
The exact same description occurs also at MN 109 in a definition of sakkāya·diṭṭhi. At SN 22.44, the same description is again given to explain the expression ’sakkāya·samudaya·gāminī paṭipada’ (the path leading to the arising of self-identification), and it is also equated to ‘dukkha·samudaya·gāminī samanupassanā’ (a way of seeing things that leads to the arising of dukkha).
Sometimes, the stock expression ‘rūpaṃ attato |
kathañca, bhikkhave, upādāparitassanā hoti? idha, bhikkhave, assutavā |
And how, bhikkhus, is there agitation through clinging? Here, bhikkhus, an uninstructed, run-of-the-mill person regards Form as ‘This is mine. This is my self. This is what I am’ |
As we can also see here, atta·vād·upādāna has for consequence ‘agitation through clinging’ (upādāparitassanā).
The formula ‘etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’’ti is also used to explain another way the expression ’sakkāya·samudaya·gāminī paṭipada’ (the path leading to the arising of self-identification), and is applied to the six senses, their objects, their corresponding viññāṇa, their respective contacts, and the vedanā that arises subsquently: |
“ayaṃ kho pana, bhikkhave, sakkāyasamudayagāminī paṭipadā: cakkhuṃ ‘etaṃ |
“This, monks, is the path of practice leading to self-identification. |
The Alagaddūpama Sutta provides a slightly different formulation of how atta·vād·upādāna comes to be: |
“chayimāni, bhikkhave, diṭṭhiṭṭhānāni. katamāni cha? idha, bhikkhave, |
Monks, there are these six view-positions. Which six? There is the case |
The way to abandon atta·vād·upādāna is by seeing anatta in the five khandhas: |
“yā imā, cunda, anekavihitā diṭṭhiyo loke uppajjanti |
“Cunda, as to those several views that arise in the world concerning |
avihiṃsā: [a+vihiṃsā] harmlessness, nonviolence, inoffensiveness. There is no direct definition of the term in the Avihiṃsā appears most prominently in avihiṃsā·saṅkappa, one of the three constituents of sammā·saṅkappa, which are also termed kusalā saṅkappā at MN 78. Alternatively, it also appears in the compound avihiṃsā·vitakka, which seems to be a synonym for avihiṃsā·saṅkappa. See also this blog article, arguing that, since avihiṃsā is set apart from a·byāpāda In several suttas (e.g. MN 114, AN 5.200) two of the three dhammas listed in sammā·saṅkappa appear in the same order, and avihiṃsā is replaced as the third by avihesā (non-harming). Another synonym is ahimsā (inoffensiveness): |
sabbhi dānaṃ upaññattaṃ, ahiṃsā saṃyamo damo. |
The virtuous prescribe giving, inoffensiveness, self-control, and self-taming. |
|
“yassa sabbamahorattaṃ, ahiṃsāya rato mano mettaṃ so sabbabhūtesu, veraṃ tassa na kenacī”ti. |
One whose mind takes delight in inoffensiveness all day and night, who has loving-kindness for all beings, has enmity towards none. |
Inoffensiveness (ahiṃsā) is also nobility: |
na tena ariyo hoti, yena pāṇāni hiṃsati. ahiṃsā sabbapāṇānaṃ, “ariyo”ti pavuccati. |
One who injures living beings is ignoble. One who is inoffensive towards all living beings is said to be a noble one. |
In the Dhātu·vibhaṅga of the Abhidhamma, karuṇa is said to be inherent to avihiṃsā·dhātu: ‘yā sattesu karuṇā karuṇāyanā karuṇāyitattaṃ karuṇācetovimutti, ayaṃ vuccati “avihiṃsādhātu”’. This statement finds an echo in various parts of the Sutta Piṭaka, as for example in the Dhammapada: |
129. sabbe tasanti daṇḍassa, sabbe bhāyanti maccuno. |
129. All tremble at the rod, all are fearful of death. |
130. sabbe tasanti daṇḍassa, sabbesaṃ jīvitaṃ piyaṃ. |
130. All tremble at the rod, all hold their life dear. |
At AN 2.168, avihiṃsā is juxtaposed with soceyya (purity/purification). At Sn 294, the word is juxtaposed with maddava (mildness), soracca (gentleness) and khanti (forbearance). The first two find echo in expressions such as that defining pharusa·vāca veramaṇī (abstinence from harsh speech): |
yā sā vācā nelā kaṇṇasukhā pemanīyā hadayaṅgamā porī bahujanakantā bahujanamanāpā, tathārūpiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti. |
He speaks words that are soothing to the ear, that are affectionate, |
Khanti (forbearance) is the word that is most often juxtaposed to avihiṃsā, a connection that is exemplified in many places, such as in the simile of the saw: |
“ubhatodaṇḍakena cepi, bhikkhave, kakacena corā ocarakā aṅgamaṅgāni |
“Monks, even if bandits were to carve you up savagely, limb by limb, |
“imañca tumhe, bhikkhave, kakacūpamaṃ ovādaṃ abhikkhaṇaṃ manasi |
“Monks, if you attend constantly to this admonition on the simile of the |
— |
— |
Another striking example is given at SN 35.88: |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
SN 47.19 also juxtaposes metta·cittatā (having a mind of good will) and anudayatā (sympathy) to avihiṃsā: |
kathañca, bhikkhave, paraṃ rakkhanto attānaṃ rakkhati? khantiyā, avihiṃsāya, mettacittatāya, anudayatāya. evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, paraṃ rakkhanto attānaṃ rakkhati. |
“And how do you watch after yourself when watching after others? Through endurance, through harmlessness, through a mind of goodwill, & through sympathy. This is how you watch after yourself when watching after others. |
SN 14.12 explains how avihiṃsā originates and leads to wholesome action: |
“avihiṃsādhātuṃ, bhikkhave, paṭicca uppajjati avihiṃsāsaññā, |
On account of the harmlessness element there arises the perception of |
Practicing harmlessness is behaving like a bee in a flower: |
yathāpi bhamaro pupphaṃ, vaṇṇagandhamaheṭhayaṃ, paleti rasamādāya, evaṃ gāme munī care. |
As a bee gathers honey from the flower without injuring its color or |
Lacking avihiṃsā is extensively described as bringing unpleasant results: |
māvoca pharusaṃ kañci, vuttā paṭivadeyyu taṃ |
Speak harshly to no one, or the words will be thrown right back at you. |
|
yo daṇḍena adaṇḍesu, appaduṭṭhesu dussati dasannamaññataraṃ ṭhānaṃ, khippameva nigacchati: |
Whoever, with a rod harasses an innocent man, unarmed, quickly falls |
|
“vilumpateva puriso, yāvassa upakappati. |
A man may plunder as long as it serves his ends, but when others are plundered, he who has plundered gets plundered in turn. |
“ṭhānañhi maññati bālo, yāva pāpaṃ na paccati. |
A fool thinks, ‘Now’s my chance,’ as long as his evil has yet to ripen. But when it ripens, the fool falls into pain. |
“hantā labhati hantāraṃ, jetāraṃ labhate jayaṃ. |
Killing, you gain your killer. Conquering, you gain one who will conquer |
Abandoning non-harmlessness and taking up avihiṃsā prevents bad experiences from arising and causes pleasant ones to arise in the future: |
sukhakāmāni bhūtāni, yo daṇḍena vihiṃsati. |
Whoever takes a rod to harm living beings desiring ease, when he himself |
sukhakāmāni bhūtāni, yo daṇḍena na hiṃsati. |
Whoever doesn’t take a rod to harm living beings desiring ease, when he |
|
“idha, māṇava, ekacco itthī vā puriso vā sattānaṃ viheṭhakajātiko hoti, |
Furthermore, there is the case where a certain woman or man has a |
“idha pana, māṇava, ekacco itthī vā puriso vā sattānaṃ aviheṭhakajātiko |
But there is the case where a certain woman or man does not have a |
|
suppabuddhaṃ pabujjhanti, sadā gotamasāvakā. |
Those disciples of Gotama ever awaken happily whose minds by day and night delight in the practice of non-violence. |
Dharmacāri Nāgapriya writes: “The early Buddhist nescience, ignorance. Avijjā is defined at SN 12.2 as consisting of ignorance regarding the four noble truths: |
“katamā ca, bhikkhave, avijjā? yaṃ kho, bhikkhave, dukkhe aññāṇaṃ, |
And what is ignorance? Not knowing suffering, not knowing the |
Other definitions relating to the five khandhas can be found in the Khandha Saṃyutta. |
— |
— |
— |
— |
vedanaṃ nappajānāti, vedanāsamudayaṃ nappajānāti, vedanānirodhaṃ nappajānāti, vedanānirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ nappajānāti; |
He does not understand |
saññaṃ nappajānāti, saññāsamudayaṃ nappajānāti, saññānirodhaṃ nappajānāti, saññānirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ nappajānāti; |
He does not understand |
saṅkhāre nappajānāti, saṅkhārasamudayaṃ nappajānāti, saṅkhāranirodhaṃ |
He does not understand |
viññāṇaṃ nappajānāti, viññāṇasamudayaṃ nappajānāti, viññāṇanirodhaṃ nappajānāti, viññāṇanirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ nappajānāti; |
He does not understand |
ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhu, avijjā. ettāvatā ca avijjāgato hotī”ti. |
This, bhikkhu, is called ignorance, and it is to this extent that one is immersed in ignorance. |
|
— |
— |
— |
— |
samudayadhammaṃ vedanaṃ ‘samudayadhammā vedanā’ti yathābhūtaṃ |
He does not understand Feeling by nature subject to arising as it really is: ‘Feeling is by nature subject to arising’. He does not understand Feeling by nature subject to passing away as it really is: ‘Feeling is by nature subject to passing away’. He does not understand Feeling by nature subject to arising & passing away as it really is: ‘Feeling is by nature subject to arising & passing away’. |
samudayadhammaṃ saññaṃ ‘samudayadhammaṃ saññan’ti yathābhūtaṃ |
He does not understand Perception by nature subject to arising as it really is: ‘Perception is by nature subject to arising’. He does not understand Perception by nature subject to passing away as it really is: ‘Perception is by nature subject to passing away’. He does not understand Perception by nature subject to arising & passing away as it really is: ‘Perception is by nature subject to arising & passing away’. |
samudayadhamme saṅkhāre ‘samudayadhammā saṅkhārā’ti yathābhūtaṃ |
He does not understand Constructions by nature subject to arising as it really is: ‘Constructions is by nature subject to arising’. He does not understand Constructions by nature subject to passing away as it really is: ‘Constructions is by nature subject to passing away’. He does not understand Constructions by nature subject to arising & passing away as it really is: ‘Constructions is by nature subject to arising & passing away’. |
samudayadhammaṃ viññāṇaṃ ‘samudayadhammaṃ viññāṇan’ti yathābhūtaṃ |
He does not understand Consciousness by nature subject to arising as it really is: ‘Consciousness is by nature subject to arising’. He does not understand Consciousness by nature subject to passing away as it really is: ‘Consciousness is by nature subject to passing away’. He does not understand Consciousness by nature subject to arising & passing away as it really is: ‘Consciousness is by nature subject to arising & passing away’. |
ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhu, avijjā. ettāvatā ca avijjāgato hotī”ti. |
This, bhikkhu, is called ignorance, and it is to this extent that one is immersed in ignorance. |
|
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
This, friend, is called ignorance, and it is to this extent that one is immersed in ignorance. |
At SN 22.84, avijjā is likened to a ‘dense thicket’ (tibbo vanasaṇḍo) along the path to nibbāna. At MN 19, it is likened to a ‘decoy’ (okacara) set up by a hunter (Māra) in order to lure a herd of deers on a false path that will bring them calamity and disaster. At MN 105, avijjā is likened to a poison (visadosa) smeared on an arrow (salla) which has wounded someone. The arrow represents taṇhā, while the poison is spread out by chanda·rāga·byāpāda. Avijjā is one of the three āsavas, along with kāma and bhava. Avijjā is one of the four oghas (floods), as well as one of the four yogas (bonds), and is juxtaposed in both sets with kāma, bhava and diṭṭhi. |
Avijjāyogo ca kathaṃ hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco channaṃ |
“And how is there the yoke of ignorance? There is the case where a |
Avijjā is one of the uddhambhāgiyā saṃyojanā (higher fetters), along with rūpa·rāga, arūpa·rāga, māna, and uddhacca. Avijjā is also the last of the seven anusayas, along with kāma·rāga, paṭigha, diṭṭhi, vicikiccha, māna and bhava·rāga. As an anusaya, avijjā is related to adukkham·asukhā vedanā: |
adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya phuṭṭho samāno tassā vedanāya samudayañca |
If, when touched by a feeling of neither pleasure nor pain, one does not |
|
“adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya avijjānusayo anusetī”ti… |
Ignorance-obsession gets obsessed with neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling… |
“sabbāya adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya avijjānusayo anusetī”ti?… |
Does ignorance-obsession get obsessed with all neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling?… |
“na sabbāya adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya avijjānusayo anusetī”ti… |
No, ignorance-obsession does not get obsessed with all neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling… |
“adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya kiṃ pahātabban”ti?… |
What is to be abandoned with regard to neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling?… |
“adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya avijjānusayo pahātabbo”ti… |
Ignorance-obsession is to be abandoned with regard to neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling… |
“sabbāya adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya avijjānusayo pahātabbo”ti?… |
Is ignorance-obsession to be abandoned with regard to all neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling?… |
na sabbāya adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya avijjānusayo pahātabbo… |
No, ignorance-obsession is not to be abandoned with regard to all neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling… |
idhāvuso visākha, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā, dukkhassa ca pahānā, |
There is the case where a monk, with the abandoning of pleasure & |
Avijjā is also related to ‘that which is felt born of contact with ignorance’ (avijjā·samphassa·ja vedayita): |
atthi, bhikkhave, mano, atthi dhammā, atthi avijjādhātu. |
Now, there is the intellect, there are ideas (mental qualities), there |
“tiṭṭhanteva kho, bhikkhave, tattheva pañcindriyāni. athettha sutavato |
The five faculties, monks, continue as they were. And with regard to |
|
avijjāsamphassajena, bhikkhave, vedayitena phuṭṭhassa assutavato puthujjanassa uppannā taṇhā |
To an uninstructed, run-of-the-mill person, touched by that which is felt born of contact with ignorance, craving arises. |
At AN 3.67, avijjā is explained as having moha for synonym, although it is arguable that, given the position of avijjā among the anusayas, it would refer to a deeper type of mental factor related to ignorance, that may not be active all the time, of which moha would be the active expression through delusion. Avijjā is also the root cause in paṭicca·samuppāda, giving rise to saṅkhāras. As mentioned above, the term is defined in this context at SN 12.2 as not knowing the four ariya·saccas. The role that avijjā plays in regard to other akusala dhammas is also referred to outside of the context of paṭicca·samuppāda: |
“seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, kūṭāgārassa yā kāci gopānasiyo sabbā tā |
Just as the rafters in a peak-roofed house all go to the roof-peak, |
|
“avijjā, bhikkhave, pubbaṅgamā akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpattiyā, |
Monks, ignorance is the leader in the attainment of unskillful |
Avijjā gives rise to āsavas: |
“katamo ca, bhikkhave, āsavānaṃ nidānasambhavo? avijjā, bhikkhave, āsavānaṃ nidānasambhavo… |
And what is the cause by which fermentations come into play? Ignorance is the cause by which fermentations come into play… |
“katamo ca, bhikkhave, āsavanirodho? avijjānirodho, bhikkhave, āsavanirodho. |
And what is the cessation of fermentations? From the cessation of ignorance is the cessation of fermentations |
As we will see below, the relationship between avijjā and āsavas is reciprocal. Avijjā is also specificly said to give rise to craving: |
avijjānivutā posā, piyarūpābhinandino. |
Men hindered by ignorance |
|
“bhavataṇhāmpāhaṃ, bhikkhave, sāhāraṃ vadāmi, no anāhāraṃ. ko cāhāro bhavataṇhāya? ‘avijjā’tissa vacanīyaṃ. |
I say, bhikkhus, that craving for existence has a nutriment; it is not |
Avijjā appears due to specific factors. The five nīvaraṇas: |
“purimā, bhikkhave, koṭi na paññāyati avijjāya: ‘ito pubbe avijjā |
Bhikkhus, this is said: ‘A first point of ignorance, bhikkhus, is not |
|
“katame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā na manasikaraṇīyā ye dhamme manasi karoti? |
And what are the ideas unfit for attention that he attends to? Whatever |
“so evaṃ ayoniso manasi karoti: ‘ahosiṃ nu kho ahaṃ atītamaddhānaṃ? na |
“This is how he attends inappropriately: ‘Was I in the past? Was I not |
“tassa evaṃ ayoniso manasikaroto channaṃ diṭṭhīnaṃ aññatarā diṭṭhi |
“As he attends inappropriately in this way, one of six kinds of view |
Āsavas: |
āsavasamudayā avijjāsamudayo, āsavanirodhā avijjānirodho |
With the arising of the taints there is the arising of |
A number of factors leading to the cessation of avijjā are also mentioned in the suttas. Kāyagatāsati: |
“ekadhamme, bhikkhave, bhāvite bahulīkate avijjā pahīyati. katamasmiṃ ekadhamme? kāyagatāya satiyā. |
When one thing, bhikkhus, is developed and cultivated, ignorance is abandoned. Which thing? Mindfulness directed to the body. |
|
“aniccasaññā, bhikkhave, bhāvitā bahulīkatā sabbaṃ kāmarāgaṃ |
Bhikkhus, when the perception of impermanence is developed and |
… |
… |
“kathaṃ bhāvitā ca, bhikkhave, aniccasaññā kathaṃ bahulīkatā sabbaṃ |
And how, bhikkhus, is the perception of impermanence developed and |
|
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
|
“kathaṃ pana, bhante, jānato, kathaṃ passato avijjā pahīyati, vijjā uppajjatī”ti? |
“But, venerable sir, how should one know, how should one |
“idha, bhikkhu, bhikkhuno sutaṃ hoti: ‘sabbe dhammā nālaṃ |
“Here, bhikkhu, a bhikkhu has heard, ‘Nothing is worth adhering |
|
“chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu himavantaṃ pabbatarājaṃ |
“Bhikkhus, possessing six qualities, a bhikkhu could break the |
idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu samādhissa samāpattikusalo hoti, |
Here, a bhikkhu is skilled in attaining of concentration; |
samādhissa ṭhitikusalo hoti, |
skilled in maintaining |
samādhissa vuṭṭhānakusalo hoti, |
skilled in emerging from concentration; |
samādhissa kallitakusalo hoti, |
skilled in fitness for concentration; |
samādhissa gocarakusalo hoti, |
skilled in the area of |
samādhissa abhinīhārakusalo hoti. |
skilled in resolution regarding |
|
vipassanā, bhikkhave, bhāvitā kamatthamanubhoti? paññā bhāvīyati. paññā bhāvitā kamatthamanubhoti? yā avijjā sā pahīyati. |
When insight is developed, what purpose does it serve? Discernment is |
|
katame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā abhiññā pahātabbā? avijjā ca bhavataṇhā ca |
What, monks, are the states to be abandoned with higher knowledge? They are ignorance and the desire for [further] becoming. |
Cultivating appamāda and being ātāpī: |
ayaṃ kho me, brāhmaṇa, rattiyā paṭhame yāme paṭhamā vijjā adhigatā, |
This was the first knowledge I attained in the first watch of the night. |
āvuso: friend - usually in conversation between āyasmā: venerable - lit: old. Used as a respectful appellation of a bhikkhu of some standing. āyatana: sphere, stretch, extent, reach, sphere of perception. The word appears mainly in two contexts: 1) as refering both to the six physical sense organs, i.e. cakkhu, sota, ghāna, jivhā, kāya, mana, as well as to their respective objects, i.e. rūpa visible objects, sadda sounds, gandha smells, rasa tastes, phoṭṭhabba tangible bodily phenomena, dhamma mental phenomena. 2) to designate each of the four formless jhānas. ayoniso manasikāra: inappropiate attention, unwise reflection. The most substantial characterization of ayoniso manasikāra is provided in the Sabbāsavā Sutta: |
“so evaṃ ayoniso manasi karoti: ‘ahosiṃ nu kho ahaṃ atītamaddhānaṃ? na |
This is how he attends inappropriately: ‘Was I in the past? Was I not in |
“tassa evaṃ ayoniso manasikaroto channaṃ diṭṭhīnaṃ aññatarā diṭṭhi |
As he attends inappropriately in this way, one of six kinds of view |
According to the commentary, ayoniso manasikāra The Akusalavitakka Sutta also provides a connection with the wrong type of vitakkas: |
ekaṃ samayaṃ aññataro bhikkhu kosalesu viharati aññatarasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe. |
On one occasion a certain monk was dwelling among the Kosalans in a |
“ayoniso manasikārā, so vitakkehi khajjasi. |
From inappropriate attention, you’re being chewed by your thoughts. |
At AN 5.151, ayoniso manasikāra is juxtaposed with an·ekagga·citta (see ekagga·tā for an antonym) in one single item as an attitude preventing one who listens to the Dhamma from realizing it. Ayoniso manasikāra prevents wholesome states from arising:
The seven bojjhaṅgas: |
“nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā |
Bhikkhus, I do not see any other thing because of which unarisen factors |
|
asatāsampajaññampāhaṃ, bhikkhave, sāhāraṃ vadāmi, no anāhāraṃ. ko cāhāro |
Lack of mindfulness and clear comprehension, too, I say, has a |
Ayoniso manasikāra also gives rise to other akusala dhammas: |
“nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā |
Bhikkhus, I do not see any other thing because of which unarisen |
In particular, in conjunction with other phenomena, it gives rise to the five nīvaraṇas: |
ko ca, bhikkhave, āhāro anuppannassa vā kāmacchandassa uppādāya, |
And what is the food for the arising of unarisen sensual desire, or for |
“ko ca, bhikkhave, āhāro anuppannassa vā byāpādassa uppādāya, uppannassa |
And what is the food for the arising of unarisen ill will, or for the |
“ko ca, bhikkhave, āhāro anuppannassa vā thinamiddhassa uppādāya, |
And what is the food for the arising of unarisen sloth & drowsiness, |
“ko ca, bhikkhave, āhāro anuppannassa vā uddhaccakukkuccassa uppādāya, |
And what is the food for the arising of unarisen restlessness & |
When it comes to vicikicchā, ayoniso manasikāra is the cause per se: |
“nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā |
Bhikkhus, I do not see any other thing because of which unarisen doubt |
Ayoniso manasikāra is also the direct cause for the arising of micchā·diṭṭhi: |
“nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā |
Bhikkhus, I do not see any other thing because of which unarisen wrong |
It generally leads to ‘great harm’ (mahato anatthāya): |
“nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yo evaṃ mahato |
Bhikkhus, I do not see any other thing that leads to such great harm as inappropriate attention. |
It leads particularly to the disappearance of the Dhamma (saddhammassa sammosāya antaradhānāya): |
“nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yo evaṃ saddhammassa |
Bhikkhus, I do not see any other thing that leads to the decline and |
According to AN 10.76, ayoniso manasikāra rests particularly on three phenomena: forgetfulness (muṭṭhasacca), lack of sampajañña, and mental unrest (cetaso vikkhepa).
nescience, ignorance.
Avijjā is defined at SN 12.2 as consisting of ignorance regarding the four noble truths:
“katamā ca, bhikkhave, avijjā? yaṃ kho, bhikkhave, dukkhe aññāṇaṃ, |
And what is ignorance? Not knowing suffering, not knowing the |
Other definitions relating to the five khandhas can be found in the Khandha Saṃyutta. |
— |
— |
— |
— |
vedanaṃ nappajānāti, vedanāsamudayaṃ nappajānāti, vedanānirodhaṃ nappajānāti, vedanānirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ nappajānāti; |
He does not understand |
saññaṃ nappajānāti, saññāsamudayaṃ nappajānāti, saññānirodhaṃ nappajānāti, saññānirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ nappajānāti; |
He does not understand |
saṅkhāre nappajānāti, saṅkhārasamudayaṃ nappajānāti, saṅkhāranirodhaṃ |
He does not understand |
viññāṇaṃ nappajānāti, viññāṇasamudayaṃ nappajānāti, viññāṇanirodhaṃ nappajānāti, viññāṇanirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ nappajānāti; |
He does not understand |
ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhu, avijjā. ettāvatā ca avijjāgato hotī”ti. |
This, bhikkhu, is called ignorance, and it is to this extent that one is immersed in ignorance. |
|
— |
— |
— |
— |
samudayadhammaṃ vedanaṃ ‘samudayadhammā vedanā’ti yathābhūtaṃ |
He does not understand Feeling by nature subject to arising as it really is: ‘Feeling is by nature subject to arising’. He does not understand Feeling by nature subject to passing away as it really is: ‘Feeling is by nature subject to passing away’. He does not understand Feeling by nature subject to arising & passing away as it really is: ‘Feeling is by nature subject to arising & passing away’. |
samudayadhammaṃ saññaṃ ‘samudayadhammaṃ saññan’ti yathābhūtaṃ |
He does not understand Perception by nature subject to arising as it really is: ‘Perception is by nature subject to arising’. He does not understand Perception by nature subject to passing away as it really is: ‘Perception is by nature subject to passing away’. He does not understand Perception by nature subject to arising & passing away as it really is: ‘Perception is by nature subject to arising & passing away’. |
samudayadhamme saṅkhāre ‘samudayadhammā saṅkhārā’ti yathābhūtaṃ |
He does not understand Constructions by nature subject to arising as it really is: ‘Constructions is by nature subject to arising’. He does not understand Constructions by nature subject to passing away as it really is: ‘Constructions is by nature subject to passing away’. He does not understand Constructions by nature subject to arising & passing away as it really is: ‘Constructions is by nature subject to arising & passing away’. |
samudayadhammaṃ viññāṇaṃ ‘samudayadhammaṃ viññāṇan’ti yathābhūtaṃ |
He does not understand Consciousness by nature subject to arising as it really is: ‘Consciousness is by nature subject to arising’. He does not understand Consciousness by nature subject to passing away as it really is: ‘Consciousness is by nature subject to passing away’. He does not understand Consciousness by nature subject to arising & passing away as it really is: ‘Consciousness is by nature subject to arising & passing away’. |
ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhu, avijjā. ettāvatā ca avijjāgato hotī”ti. |
This, bhikkhu, is called ignorance, and it is to this extent that one is immersed in ignorance. |
|
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
This, friend, is called ignorance, and it is to this extent that one is immersed in ignorance. |
At SN 22.84, avijjā is likened to a ‘dense thicket’ (tibbo vanasaṇḍo) along the path to nibbāna. At MN 19, it is likened to a ‘decoy’ (okacara) set up by a hunter (Māra) in order to lure a herd of deers on a false path that will bring them calamity and disaster. At MN 105, avijjā is likened to a poison (visadosa) smeared on an arrow (salla) which has wounded someone. The arrow represents taṇhā, while the poison is spread out by chanda·rāga·byāpāda. Avijjā is one of the three āsavas, along with kāma and bhava. Avijjā is one of the four oghas (floods), as well as one of the four yogas (bonds), and is juxtaposed in both sets with kāma, bhava and diṭṭhi. |
Avijjāyogo ca kathaṃ hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco channaṃ |
“And how is there the yoke of ignorance? There is the case where a |
Avijjā is one of the uddhambhāgiyā saṃyojanā (higher fetters), along with rūpa·rāga, arūpa·rāga, māna, and uddhacca. Avijjā is also the last of the seven anusayas, along with kāma·rāga, paṭigha, diṭṭhi, vicikiccha, māna and bhava·rāga. As an anusaya, avijjā is related to adukkham·asukhā vedanā: |
adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya phuṭṭho samāno tassā vedanāya samudayañca |
If, when touched by a feeling of neither pleasure nor pain, one does not |
|
“adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya avijjānusayo anusetī”ti… |
Ignorance-obsession gets obsessed with neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling… |
“sabbāya adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya avijjānusayo anusetī”ti?… |
Does ignorance-obsession get obsessed with all neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling?… |
“na sabbāya adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya avijjānusayo anusetī”ti… |
No, ignorance-obsession does not get obsessed with all neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling… |
“adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya kiṃ pahātabban”ti?… |
What is to be abandoned with regard to neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling?… |
“adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya avijjānusayo pahātabbo”ti… |
Ignorance-obsession is to be abandoned with regard to neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling… |
“sabbāya adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya avijjānusayo pahātabbo”ti?… |
Is ignorance-obsession to be abandoned with regard to all neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling?… |
na sabbāya adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya avijjānusayo pahātabbo… |
No, ignorance-obsession is not to be abandoned with regard to all neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling… |
idhāvuso visākha, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā, dukkhassa ca pahānā, |
There is the case where a monk, with the abandoning of pleasure & |
Avijjā is also related to ‘that which is felt born of contact with ignorance’ (avijjā·samphassa·ja vedayita): |
atthi, bhikkhave, mano, atthi dhammā, atthi avijjādhātu. |
Now, there is the intellect, there are ideas (mental qualities), there |
“tiṭṭhanteva kho, bhikkhave, tattheva pañcindriyāni. athettha sutavato |
The five faculties, monks, continue as they were. And with regard to |
|
avijjāsamphassajena, bhikkhave, vedayitena phuṭṭhassa assutavato puthujjanassa uppannā taṇhā |
To an uninstructed, run-of-the-mill person, touched by that which is felt born of contact with ignorance, craving arises. |
At AN 3.67, avijjā is explained as having moha for synonym, although it is arguable that, given the position of avijjā among the anusayas, it would refer to a deeper type of mental factor related to ignorance, that may not be active all the time, of which moha would be the active expression through delusion. Avijjā is also the root cause in paṭicca·samuppāda, giving rise to saṅkhāras. As mentioned above, the term is defined in this context at SN 12.2 as not knowing the four ariya·saccas. The role that avijjā plays in regard to other akusala dhammas is also referred to outside of the context of paṭicca·samuppāda: |
“seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, kūṭāgārassa yā kāci gopānasiyo sabbā tā |
Just as the rafters in a peak-roofed house all go to the roof-peak, |
|
“avijjā, bhikkhave, pubbaṅgamā akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpattiyā, |
Monks, ignorance is the leader in the attainment of unskillful |
Avijjā gives rise to āsavas: |
“katamo ca, bhikkhave, āsavānaṃ nidānasambhavo? avijjā, bhikkhave, āsavānaṃ nidānasambhavo… |
And what is the cause by which fermentations come into play? Ignorance is the cause by which fermentations come into play… |
“katamo ca, bhikkhave, āsavanirodho? avijjānirodho, bhikkhave, āsavanirodho. |
And what is the cessation of fermentations? From the cessation of ignorance is the cessation of fermentations |
As we will see below, the relationship between avijjā and āsavas is reciprocal. Avijjā is also specificly said to give rise to craving: |
avijjānivutā posā, piyarūpābhinandino. |
Men hindered by ignorance |
|
“bhavataṇhāmpāhaṃ, bhikkhave, sāhāraṃ vadāmi, no anāhāraṃ. ko cāhāro bhavataṇhāya? ‘avijjā’tissa vacanīyaṃ. |
I say, bhikkhus, that craving for existence has a nutriment; it is not |
Avijjā appears due to specific factors. The five nīvaraṇas: |
“purimā, bhikkhave, koṭi na paññāyati avijjāya: ‘ito pubbe avijjā |
Bhikkhus, this is said: ‘A first point of ignorance, bhikkhus, is not |
|
“katame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā na manasikaraṇīyā ye dhamme manasi karoti? |
And what are the ideas unfit for attention that he attends to? Whatever |
“so evaṃ ayoniso manasi karoti: ‘ahosiṃ nu kho ahaṃ atītamaddhānaṃ? na |
“This is how he attends inappropriately: ‘Was I in the past? Was I not |
“tassa evaṃ ayoniso manasikaroto channaṃ diṭṭhīnaṃ aññatarā diṭṭhi |
“As he attends inappropriately in this way, one of six kinds of view |
Āsavas: |
āsavasamudayā avijjāsamudayo, āsavanirodhā avijjānirodho |
With the arising of the taints there is the arising of |
A number of factors leading to the cessation of avijjā are also mentioned in the suttas. Kāyagatāsati: |
“ekadhamme, bhikkhave, bhāvite bahulīkate avijjā pahīyati. katamasmiṃ ekadhamme? kāyagatāya satiyā. |
When one thing, bhikkhus, is developed and cultivated, ignorance is abandoned. Which thing? Mindfulness directed to the body. |
|
“aniccasaññā, bhikkhave, bhāvitā bahulīkatā sabbaṃ kāmarāgaṃ |
Bhikkhus, when the perception of impermanence is developed and |
… |
… |
“kathaṃ bhāvitā ca, bhikkhave, aniccasaññā kathaṃ bahulīkatā sabbaṃ |
And how, bhikkhus, is the perception of impermanence developed and |
|
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
|
“kathaṃ pana, bhante, jānato, kathaṃ passato avijjā pahīyati, vijjā uppajjatī”ti? |
“But, venerable sir, how should one know, how should one |
“idha, bhikkhu, bhikkhuno sutaṃ hoti: ‘sabbe dhammā nālaṃ |
“Here, bhikkhu, a bhikkhu has heard, ‘Nothing is worth adhering |
|
“chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu himavantaṃ pabbatarājaṃ |
“Bhikkhus, possessing six qualities, a bhikkhu could break the |
idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu samādhissa samāpattikusalo hoti, |
Here, a bhikkhu is skilled in attaining of concentration; |
samādhissa ṭhitikusalo hoti, |
skilled in maintaining |
samādhissa vuṭṭhānakusalo hoti, |
skilled in emerging from concentration; |
samādhissa kallitakusalo hoti, |
skilled in fitness for concentration; |
samādhissa gocarakusalo hoti, |
skilled in the area of |
samādhissa abhinīhārakusalo hoti. |
skilled in resolution regarding |
|
vipassanā, bhikkhave, bhāvitā kamatthamanubhoti? paññā bhāvīyati. paññā bhāvitā kamatthamanubhoti? yā avijjā sā pahīyati. |
When insight is developed, what purpose does it serve? Discernment is |
|
katame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā abhiññā pahātabbā? avijjā ca bhavataṇhā ca |
What, monks, are the states to be abandoned with higher knowledge? They are ignorance and the desire for [further] becoming. |
Cultivating appamāda and being ātāpī: |
ayaṃ kho me, brāhmaṇa, rattiyā paṭhame yāme paṭhamā vijjā adhigatā, |
This was the first knowledge I attained in the first watch of the night. |
āvuso: friend - usually in conversation between āyasmā: venerable - lit: old. Used as a respectful appellation of a bhikkhu of some standing. āyatana: sphere, stretch, extent, reach, sphere of perception. The word appears mainly in two contexts: 1) as refering both to the six physical sense organs, i.e. cakkhu, sota, ghāna, jivhā, kāya, mana, as well as to their respective objects, i.e. rūpa visible objects, sadda sounds, gandha smells, rasa tastes, phoṭṭhabba tangible bodily phenomena, dhamma mental phenomena. 2) to designate each of the four formless jhānas. ayoniso manasikāra: inappropiate attention, unwise reflection. The most substantial characterization of ayoniso manasikāra is provided in the Sabbāsavā Sutta: |
“so evaṃ ayoniso manasi karoti: ‘ahosiṃ nu kho ahaṃ atītamaddhānaṃ? na |
This is how he attends inappropriately: ‘Was I in the past? Was I not in |
“tassa evaṃ ayoniso manasikaroto channaṃ diṭṭhīnaṃ aññatarā diṭṭhi |
As he attends inappropriately in this way, one of six kinds of view |
According to the commentary, ayoniso manasikāra The Akusalavitakka Sutta also provides a connection with the wrong type of vitakkas: |
ekaṃ samayaṃ aññataro bhikkhu kosalesu viharati aññatarasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe. |
On one occasion a certain monk was dwelling among the Kosalans in a |
“ayoniso manasikārā, so vitakkehi khajjasi. |
From inappropriate attention, you’re being chewed by your thoughts. |
At AN 5.151, ayoniso manasikāra is juxtaposed with an·ekagga·citta (see ekagga·tā for an antonym) in one single item as an attitude preventing one who listens to the Dhamma from realizing it. Ayoniso manasikāra prevents wholesome states from arising:
The seven bojjhaṅgas: |
“nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā |
Bhikkhus, I do not see any other thing because of which unarisen factors |
|
asatāsampajaññampāhaṃ, bhikkhave, sāhāraṃ vadāmi, no anāhāraṃ. ko cāhāro |
Lack of mindfulness and clear comprehension, too, I say, has a |
Ayoniso manasikāra also gives rise to other akusala dhammas: |
“nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā |
Bhikkhus, I do not see any other thing because of which unarisen |
In particular, in conjunction with other phenomena, it gives rise to the five nīvaraṇas: |
ko ca, bhikkhave, āhāro anuppannassa vā kāmacchandassa uppādāya, |
And what is the food for the arising of unarisen sensual desire, or for |
“ko ca, bhikkhave, āhāro anuppannassa vā byāpādassa uppādāya, uppannassa |
And what is the food for the arising of unarisen ill will, or for the |
“ko ca, bhikkhave, āhāro anuppannassa vā thinamiddhassa uppādāya, |
And what is the food for the arising of unarisen sloth & drowsiness, |
“ko ca, bhikkhave, āhāro anuppannassa vā uddhaccakukkuccassa uppādāya, |
And what is the food for the arising of unarisen restlessness & |
When it comes to vicikicchā, ayoniso manasikāra is the cause per se: |
“nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā |
Bhikkhus, I do not see any other thing because of which unarisen doubt |
Ayoniso manasikāra is also the direct cause for the arising of micchā·diṭṭhi: |
“nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā |
Bhikkhus, I do not see any other thing because of which unarisen wrong |
It generally leads to ‘great harm’ (mahato anatthāya): |
“nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yo evaṃ mahato |
Bhikkhus, I do not see any other thing that leads to such great harm as inappropriate attention. |
It leads particularly to the disappearance of the Dhamma (saddhammassa sammosāya antaradhānāya): |
“nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yo evaṃ saddhammassa |
Bhikkhus, I do not see any other thing that leads to the decline and |
According to AN 10.76, ayoniso manasikāra rests particularly on three phenomena: forgetfulness (muṭṭhasacca), lack of sampajañña, and mental unrest (cetaso vikkhepa).
bala: power, strength. The word is used in a wide variety of meanings. In ♦ The most frequent list of balas is as follows:
Each item is defined in the Vitthata Sutta: |
Pañc·imāni, bhikkhave, balāni. Katamāni pañca? Saddhā-balaṃ, vīriya-balaṃ, sati-balaṃ, samādhi-balaṃ, paññā-balaṃ. |
There are, bhikkhus, these five powers. Which five? The power of |
Katama·ñca, bhikkhave, saddhā-balaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako |
Now what is the power of conviction? There is the case where a monk, a |
Katama·ñca, bhikkhave, vīriya-balaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako |
And what is the power of persistence? There is the case where a disciple |
Katama·ñca, bhikkhave, sati-balaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako satimā |
And what is the power of mindfulness? There is the case where a monk, a |
Katama·ñca, bhikkhave, samādhi-balaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako… |
And what is the power of concentration? There is the case where a |
Katama·ñca, bhikkhave, paññā-balaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako paññavā |
And what is the power of discernment? There is the case where a disciple |
Alternative definitions of the power of energy and the power of wisdom as found at AN 9.5 will be provided below. This group of five balas is part of a set of 37 dhammas which are sometimes listed together (e.g. at AN 10.90, SN 22.81). They are sometimes called the bodhipakkhiyā dhammā, although this expression doesn’t have a strict definition in the suttas and is loosely used to describe other sets. In the Daṭṭhabba Sutta, it is said that these balas are ‘to be seen’ (daṭṭhabba) each in its domain of mastery: |
“pañcimāni, bhikkhave, balāni. katamāni pañca? saddhābalaṃ, vīriyabalaṃ, satibalaṃ, samādhibalaṃ, paññābalaṃ. |
Bhikkhus, there are these five powers. What five? The power of faith, |
kattha ca, bhikkhave, saddhābalaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ? catūsu sotāpattiyaṅgesu… |
And where, bhikkhus, is the power of faith to be seen? The power of faith is to be seen in the four factors of stream-entry… |
kattha ca, bhikkhave, vīriyabalaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ? catūsu sammappadhānesu… |
And where is the power of energy to be seen? The power of energy is to be seen in the four right strivings… |
kattha ca, bhikkhave, satibalaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ? catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu… |
And where is the power of mindfulness to be seen? The power of |
kattha ca, bhikkhave, samādhibalaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ? catūsu jhānesu… |
And where is the power of concentration to be seen? The power of concentration is to be seen in the four jhānas… |
kattha ca, bhikkhave, paññābalaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ? catūsu ariyasaccesu… |
And where is the power of wisdom to be seen? The power of wisdom is to be seen in the four noble truths… |
This set of five balas has its own entire saṃyutta (SN 50), which consists essentially in repetition series. At SN 50.1, these five balas lead towards nibbāna just as the river Ganges slants, slopes, and inclines towards the east (seyyathāpi gaṅgā nadī pācīna·ninnā pācīna·poṇā pācīna·pabbhārā). The enumeration of each of these balas is The second formula can be found at SN 50.13 and says: ‘which The third one is also found for example at 50.13, and it says: ‘which has the Deathless as its ground, the Deathless as its destination, the Deathless as its final goal’ (amat·ogadha amata·parāyana amata·pariyosāna). The fourth is also found at 50.13, and it says: ‘which slants towards Nibbāna, slopes towards Nibbāna, inclines towards Nibbāna‘ (nibbāna·ninna nibbāna·poṇa nibbāna·pabbhāra). These five balas are said to be produced on the basis of other phenomena, among which sīla: |
seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ye keci balakaraṇīyā kammantā karīyanti, sabbe te |
Just as, bhikkhus, whatever actions are to be performed with strength |
|
seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ye kecime bījagāmabhūtagāmā vuḍḍhiṃ virūḷhiṃ |
Just as, bhikkhus, whatever kinds of seed and plant life come to |
Appamāda is also said to be a basis for the development of these balas: |
“yāvatā, bhikkhave, sattā apadā vā dvipadā vā catuppadā vā bahuppadā vā |
To the extent that there are animals: footless, two-footed, four-footed, |
Between SN 50.35 and SN 50.54, these five balas are said to lead to the direct knowledge (abhiññā), full understanding (pariññā), complete destruction (parikkhaya), and abandoning (pahāna) of various phenomena: the three discriminations (vidhā), i.e. ‘I am superior’ (‘seyyo·ham·asmī’ti), ‘I am equal’ (‘sadiso·ham·asmī’ti), ‘I am inferior’ (hīno·ham·asmī’ti); the three searches (esanā), i.e. the search for sensuality (kām·esanā), the search for [a good] existence (bhav·esanā), the search for the brahmic life (brahmacariy·esanā); the three āsavā; the three bhavā; the three sufferings (dukkhatā), i.e. the suffering from pain (dukkha·dukkhatā), the suffering from Constructions (saṅkhāra·dukkhatā), the suffering from change (vipariṇāma·dukkhatā); the three akusalamulā; the three types of vedanā; kāma, diṭṭhi and avijjā; the four upādānā; abhijjhā, byāpāda, sīla·bbata parāmāsa and adherence to [the view] ‘This [alone] is the truth’ (idaṃ·sacc·ābhinivesa); the seven anusayā; the five kāma·guṇā; the five nīvaraṇā; the five upādāna·kkhandhas; the ten saṃyojanā. These five balas represent a tool to remove akusalā dhammā. A number of similes illustrating this point are given in the Bala Saṃyutta: at SN 50.27, akusalā dhammā
|
“seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, āgantukāgāraṃ. tattha puratthimāyapi disāya |
Suppose, monks, there is a guest-house. Travelers come from the east, |
“katame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā abhiññā pariññeyyā? pañcupādānakkhandhātissa vacanīyaṃ… |
What, monks, are the states to be comprehended with higher knowledge? They are the five groups of clinging… |
katame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā abhiññā pahātabbā? avijjā ca bhavataṇhā ca… |
What, monks, are the states to be abandoned with higher knowledge? They are ignorance and the desire for [further] becoming… |
katame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā abhiññā sacchikātabbā? vijjā ca vimutti ca… |
And what, monks, are the states to be experienced with higher knowledge? They are knowledge and liberation… |
katame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā abhiññā bhāvetabbā? samatho ca vipassanā ca. |
And what, monk, are the states to be cultivated with higher knowledge? They are calm and insight. |
These five balas seem to be identical with the five spiritual indriyas, being just a different way to explain the same thing, as is explained in the Sāketa Sutta: |
Yaṃ, bhikkhave, saddhindriyaṃ taṃ saddhābalaṃ, yaṃ saddhābalaṃ taṃ |
That, bhikkhus, which is the faculty of conviction is the power of |
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, nadī pācīnaninnā pācīnapoṇā pācīnapabbhārā, tassa |
Just as, bhikkhus, if there was a river flowing, going, leading towards |
In this set of five balas, paññā is declared at AN 5.16 to be the ‘foremost’ (aggaṃ), the ‘one that maintains all in place’ (saṅgāhikaṃ), the ‘one that unifies them’ (saṅghātaniyaṃ). Sometimes, as is the case at AN 4.152, this set of five is presented as a set of four, not including paññā. At AN 4.261, it is instead saddhā that is left out. ♦ There is another set of five balas: the trainee powers (sekha·bala), which are described and defined in the Vitthata Sutta:
Each item is defined in the Vitthata Sutta (they are identical with those given at AN 5.14 as quoted above, except for the following): |
pañcimāni, bhikkhave, sekhabalāni. katamāni pañca? saddhābalaṃ, hirībalaṃ, ottappabalaṃ, vīriyabalaṃ, paññābalaṃ… |
Bhikkhus, there are these five trainee’s powers. What five? The power of |
“katamañca, bhikkhave, hirībalaṃ? idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako hirimā |
And what is the power of moral shame? Here, a noble disciple has a sense |
“katamañca, bhikkhave, ottappabalaṃ? idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako |
And what is the power of moral dread? Here, a noble disciple dreads |
These same five balas are also said to be the Tathagata’s powers (tathāgata·bala) in the Ananussuta Sutta: |
pañcimāni, bhikkhave, tathāgatassa tathāgatabalāni, yehi balehi |
There are these five Tathāgata’s powers that the Tathāgata has, |
As was the case with the other set of five balas, paññā is declared at AN 5.12 to be the ‘foremost’ (aggaṃ), the ‘one that maintains all in place’ (saṅgāhikaṃ), the ‘one that unifies them’ (saṅghātaniyaṃ). ♦ We find sometimes these two sets of five balas mashed up in one set of seven, which is described for example in the Vitthata Sutta: |
“sattimāni, bhikkhave, balāni. katamāni satta? saddhābala, vīriyabalaṃ, |
There are, bhikkhus, these seven powers. Which seven? The power of |
The definitions that follow in that same sutta are identical to those we have seen above in the two sets of five. ♦ Several variant sets of four balas are given in the Book of Fours of the Aṅguttara Nikāya: AN 4.154 lists sati, samādhi, anavajja and congeniality (saṅgaha). AN 4.155 lists reflection (paṭisaṅkhāna), bhāvanā, anavajja and congeniality (saṅgaha). The Bala Sutta defines another set of four balas: |
“cattārimāni, bhikkhave, balāni. katamāni cattāri? paññābalaṃ, vīriyabalaṃ, anavajjabalaṃ, saṅgāhabalaṃ. |
There are, bhikkhus, these four powers. Which four? The power of |
katamañca, bhikkhave, paññābalaṃ? ye dhammā kusalā kusalasaṅkhātā ye |
And what, bhikkhus, is the power of discernment? The mental states that |
“katamañca, bhikkhave, vīriyabalaṃ? ye dhammā akusalā akusalasaṅkhātā ye |
And what, bhikkhus, is the power of energy? One generates desire, exerts |
“katamañca, bhikkhave, anavajjabalaṃ? idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako |
And what, bhikkhus, is the power of faultlessness? Here, a noble |
“katamañca, bhikkhave, saṅgāhabalaṃ? cattārimāni, bhikkhave, |
And what, bhikkhus, is the power of congeniality? There, are, bhikkhus, |
imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri balāni. |
These, bhikkhus, are the four powers. |
“imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi balehi samannāgato ariyasāvako pañca |
A noble disciple who is possessed of these four powers has transcended |
♦ There are also sets of two balas. The most prominent is that of reflection (paṭisaṅkhāna) and bhāvanā: |
“dvemāni, bhikkhave, balāni. katamāni dve? paṭisaṅkhānabalañca bhāvanābalañca. |
There are, bhikkhus, these two powers. Which two? The power of reflection and the power of development. |
katamañca, bhikkhave, paṭisaṅkhānabalaṃ? idha, bhikkhave, ekacco iti |
And what, bhikkhus, is the power of reflection? Here, bhikkhus, a certain individual reflects thus: ‘Misconduct |
The bhāvanā·bala is then defined as the seven bojjhaṅgas, each punctuated with the formula: viveka·nissitaṃ virāga·nissitaṃ nirodha-nissitaṃ vossagga·pariṇāmiṃ (based on detachment/ seclusion, based on desirelessness, based on cessation, resulting in release). At AN 2.13, the bhāvanā·bala is defined as the four jhānas. AN 2.52 mentions the power of persuasion (saññatti·bala) and the power of favorable disposition (nijjhatti·bala), in the context of an assembly of monks discussing a disciplinary issue (adhikaraṇa). AN 2.171 mentions sati·bala and samādhi·bala. ♦ Two suttas mention the powers of an arahant. The most complete, AN 10.90, mentions: - Having seen all saṅkhāras as they actually are with proper discernment as impermanent (aniccato sabbe saṅkhārā yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya sudiṭṭhā honti). - Having seen kāma as they actually are with proper discernment as smilar to a pit of glowing embers (aṅgārakāsūpamā kāmā yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya sudiṭṭhā honti). - Being naturally inclined to seclusion, delighting - The remaining seven items cover the 37 bodhi·pakkhiya·dhammās, taken in groups. ♦ The Tathāgata·balas, |
“dasayimāni, bhikkhave, tathāgatassa tathāgatabalāni… katamāni dasa? |
Bhikkhus, there are these ten Tathāgata’s powers… What ten? |
idha, bhikkhave, tathāgato ṭhānañca ṭhānato aṭṭhānañca aṭṭhānato yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti… |
Here, the Tathāgata understands as it really is the possible as possible and the impossible as impossible… |
“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, tathāgato atītānāgatapaccuppannānaṃ kammasamādānānaṃ ṭhānaso hetuso vipākaṃ yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti… |
Again, the Tathāgata understands as it really is the result of the |
“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, tathāgato sabbatthagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti… |
Again, the Tathāgata understands as it really is the ways leading everywhere… |
“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, tathāgato anekadhātuṃ nānādhātuṃ lokaṃ yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti… |
Again, the Tathāgata understands as it really is the world with its numerous and diverse elements… |
“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, tathāgato sattānaṃ nānādhimuttikataṃ yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti… |
Again, the Tathāgata understands as it really is the diversity in the dispositions of beings… |
“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, tathāgato parasattānaṃ parapuggalānaṃ indriyaparopariyattaṃ yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti… |
Again, the Tathāgata understands as it really is the superior or |
“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, tathāgato jhānavimokkhasamādhisamāpattīnaṃ saṃkilesaṃ vodānaṃ vuṭṭhānaṃ yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti… |
Again, the Tathāgata understands as it really is the defilement, the |
“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, tathāgato anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati… |
Again, the Tathāgata recollects his manifold past abodes… |
“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, tathāgato dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena |
Again, with the divine eye, which is purified and surpasses the human, |
“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, tathāgato āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ |
Again, with the destruction of the taints, the Tathāgata has realized |
♦ Several discourses list five powers of a woman (mātugāmassa bala): |
“pañcimāni, bhikkhave, mātugāmassa balāni. katamāni pañca? rūpabalaṃ, bhogabalaṃ, ñātibalaṃ, puttabalaṃ, sīlabalaṃ. |
There are, bhikkhus, these five powers of a woman. Which five? The power |
♦ The Bala Sutta proposes a list of eight miscellaneous powers: |
“aṭṭhimāni, bhikkhave, balāni. katamāni aṭṭha? ruṇṇabalā, bhikkhave, |
Bhikkhus, there are these eight powers. What eight? The power of |
These powers all have in common that they allow one bāla: fool (n.), foolish (adj.) |
“kammalakkhaṇo, bhikkhave, bālo… tīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato |
Monks, a fool is characterized by his/her actions… A person endowed |
|
“cattārīsāya, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bālo veditabbo. katamehi |
Monks, a person endowed with forty qualities is to be recognized as a |
attanā ca adinnādāyī hoti, parañca adinnādāne samādapeti, adinnādāne ca samanuñño hoti, adinnādānassa ca vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati; |
He takes what is not given himself, he encourages others to take what is |
attanā ca kāmesumicchācārī hoti, parañca kāmesumicchācāre samādapeti, |
He engages in sexual misconduct himself, he encourages others to engage |
attanā ca musāvādī hoti, parañca musāvāde samādapeti, musāvāde ca samanuñño hoti, musāvādassa ca vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati; |
He speaks falsely himself, he encourages others to speak falsely, he |
attanā ca pisuṇavāco hoti, parañca pisuṇāya vācāya samādapeti, pisuṇāya |
He engages in divisive speech himself, he encourages others to engage in |
attanā ca pharusavāco hoti, parañca pharusāya vācāya samādapeti, |
He engages in harsh speech himself, he encourages others to engage in |
attanā ca samphappalāpī hoti, parañca samphappalāpe samādapeti, |
He engages in useless chatter himself, he encourages others to engage in |
attanā ca abhijjhālu hoti, parañca abhijjhāya samādapeti, abhijjhāya ca samanuñño hoti, abhijjhāya ca vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati; |
He is envious himself, he encourages others to be envious, he approves of being envious and he praises being envious. |
attanā ca byāpannacitto hoti, parañca byāpāde samādapeti, byāpāde ca samanuñño hoti, byāpādassa ca vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati; |
He has a mind of ill-will himself, he encourages others to bear ill-will, he approves of ill-will and he praises ill-will. |
attanā ca micchādiṭṭhiko hoti, parañca micchādiṭṭhiyā samādapeti, |
He has wrong view himself, he encourages others to have wrong view, he |
|
“tīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bālo veditabbo. katamehi tīhi? |
Bhikkhus, one who possesses three qualities should be known as a fool. |
Asappurisa is frequently juxtaposed with bāla: |
‘bālo ayaṃ bhavaṃ asappuriso’’ti. |
‘This individual is a fool, a bad person’. |
Other synonyms include akusala (unskillful, SN 1.35), mūḷha (stupid, SN 1.35), abyatta (incompetent, AN 9.35), akhettaññū (inexperienced, literally ‘not knowing the field’, AN 9.35), dummedha (of poor discernment, AN 3.57). The antonym of bāla is paṇḍita. The longest description of what a bāla is, in contrast with a paṇḍita, who has the opposite qualities, appears in the Bālapaṇḍita Sutta: |
“tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, bālassa bālalakkhaṇāni bālanimittāni bālāpadānāni. |
There are, bhikkhus, these three characteristics of a fool, signs of |
sa kho so, bhikkhave, bālo tividhaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ |
A fool feels pain and grief in this visible world in three ways. If a |
“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bālo passati rājāno coraṃ āgucāriṃ gahetvā |
Moreover, when a robber culprit has been caught, a fool sees him |
“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bālaṃ pīṭhasamārūḷhaṃ vā mañcasamārūḷhaṃ vā |
Moreover, bhikkhus, when a fool is on a chair, on a bed, or lying down |
tatra, bhikkhave, bālassa evaṃ hoti: ‘akataṃ vata me kalyāṇaṃ, akataṃ |
Then, bhikkhus, a fool thinks: ‘Truly, I have not done what is |
“sa kho so, bhikkhave, bālo kāyena duccaritaṃ caritvā vācāya duccaritaṃ |
Bhikkhus, a fool who has engaged in bodily misconduct, |
As we have seen above, a bāla is characterized by his wrong behavior. At AN 2.136, a bāla misbehaves towards mother and/or father. At the end of DN 2, King Ajatasattu calls himself a bāla because he killed his own father. At AN 2.137, a bāla misbehaves towards the Buddha or one of his disciples. At SN 1.35, some devas call themselves bālas because they were trying to find fault with the Buddha. Often, the wrong behavior of a bāla is explained by the fact that he fails to take the results of his actions into consideration. At SN 2.22, a bāla thinks fortune is on his side as long as his wrong behavior does not yield its fruits. At SN 3.15, a bāla The wrong behavior of a bāla is often a verbal one. At SN 6.9, a bāla who utters defamatory speech cuts himself with an axe that is in his mouth. At SN 7.3, a bāla thinks he is victorious in a verbal quarrel when he shouts harshly. At MN 65, a bhikkhu calls himself a bāla A bāla is also recognized by his appetite for kāmā. At MN 106, kāmā are said to be inconstant, hollow, vain, deceptive, illusory, and to be the babble (or subject of conversation?) of bālas (bāla·lāpana). At AN 2.38, however old may be an elder, if he enjoys kāmā, One who lacks generosity is a bāla, as stated at SN 1.32: ‘What One who lacks wisdom and discernment and therefore may engage in foolish action is a bāla. At MN 34, a cowherd is called a bāla In a monastic context, one may also be called a bāla. At AN 2.98, there is a bāla AN 3.1 declares that whatever perils, calamities or misfortunes there are in the world always arise because of bālas. At SN 1.36, it is said that bālas devote themselves to pamāda (pamādam·anuyuñjanti). At AN 2.134, a bāla, At AN 8.27, the power (bala) of a fool (bāla) is to complain (ujjhatti·balā bālā). bhad(d)ante: vocative form of bhadanta, a respectful form of address for people of esteem meaning something akin to ‘reverend sir’ or ‘venerable’. This expression is generally used in the suttas by The word derives from bhadda (explained as synonymous with kalyāṇa), Bhagavā: Fortunate One, Lord, Venerable, Sublime bhante: a respectful form of address for people of esteem meaning something akin to ‘reverend sir’ or ‘venerable’. Generally considered to be a contracted form of bhadante. bhava: (state of) existence, life, becoming, process of existence. Bhava is not ‘existence’ in the The explicit definition given in the suttas mentions three types of bhava:
This definition is found for example in the Bhavapañhā Sutta: |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
—“atthi kho, āvuso, maggo atthi paṭipadā, etesaṃ bhavānaṃ pariññāyā”ti. |
— |
— |
— |
“ayameva kho, āvuso, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, etesaṃ bhavānaṃ pariññāya… |
This noble eightfold path, friend, is for the full understanding of these types of existence… |
SN 45.164 repeats essentially the same thing, and adds that the ariya aṭṭh·aṅgika magga is also for their direct knowledge (abhiññā), for their complete destruction (parikkhaya), and for their abandoning (pahāna). We find the same threefold characterization in the Vibhaṅga Sutta, which defines term in the context of paṭicca·samuppāda, where bhava is conditioned by upādāna and in turn conditions the arising of jāti: |
upādāna·paccayā bhavo; |
conditioned by attachment, [there is] existence |
bhava·paccayā jāti; |
conditioned by existence, [there is] birth |
… |
… |
Katamo ca, bhikkhave, bhavo? Tayo·me, bhikkhave, bhavā: kāma·bhavo, rūpa·bhavo, arūpa·bhavo. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhavo. |
And what, bhikkhus, is existence? There are, bhikkhus, these three types |
As every other phenomenon, bhava has the characteristic of anicca: |
atha kho bhagavā parittaṃ gomayapiṇḍaṃ pāṇinā gahetvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ |
Then the Blessed One took up a little lump of cowdung in his hand and |
A few suttas mention kamma, viññāṇa and taṇhā as playing a role in the ‘production of future renewed existence’ (āyatiṃ puna·bbhav·ābhinibbatti), such as the Bhava Sutta: |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
The next sutta repeats the exact same thing, except that it is no longer viññāṇa that is established in/tuned to the various levels, but cetanā and patthanā (aspiration): |
“iti kho, ānanda, kammaṃ khettaṃ, viññāṇaṃ bījaṃ, taṇhā sneho. avijjānīvaraṇānaṃ sattānaṃ taṇhāsaṃyojanānaṃ hīnāya dhātuyā cetanā patiṭṭhitā patthanā patiṭṭhitā evaṃ āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti hoti”. |
“Thus kamma is the field, consciousness the seed, and craving the moisture. The intention & aspiration |
SN 23.3 explains that bhava arises because of chanda, rāga, delight (nandi), taṇhā, upādāna, mental standpoints (cetaso adhiṭṭhānā), adherences (abhinivesa), and anusayas regarding the five khandhas: |
— “‘bhavanetti, bhavanettī’ti, bhante, vuccati. katamā nu kho, bhante, bhavanetti, katamo bhavanettinirodho”ti? |
— |
“rūpe kho, rādha, yo chando yo rāgo yā nandī yā taṇhā ye upayupādānā |
Radha, the desire, avidity, delight, craving, clinging & attachment, |
vedanāya… saññāya… saṅkhāresu … viññāṇe yo chando … pe … |
The desire, avidity, delight, craving, clinging & attachment, mental |
The Majjhe Sutta singles out taṇhā as a prominent cause for the production of bhava (bhavassa abhinibbattiyā): |
taṇhā sibbinī: taṇhā hi naṃ sibbati tassa tasseva bhavassa abhinibbattiyā |
craving is the seamstress: craving sews one to the production of this or that existence. |
In turn, craving for existence (bhava·taṇhā) has no beginning and is rooted in avijjā: |
“purimā, bhikkhave, koṭi na paññāyati bhavataṇhāya: ‘ito pubbe |
“Bhikkhus, it is said: ‘A first point of craving for existence, |
“bhavataṇhāmpāhaṃ, bhikkhave, sāhāraṃ vadāmi, no anāhāraṃ. ko cāhāro bhavataṇhāya? ‘avijjā’tissa vacanīyaṃ. |
“I say, bhikkhus, that craving for existence has a nutriment; it is not |
In the Bhāra Sutta, the taṇhā leading to renewed existence (pono·bhavikā), which includes bhava·taṇhā and vibhava·taṇhā, is called ‘the taking up of the burden’ (bhār·ādāna). In the Ejā Sutta, the entire world seeks delight in bhava: |
aññathābhāvī bhavasatto loko bhavameva abhinandati. |
The world, becoming otherwise, attached to existence, seeks delight only in existence. |
The usual set of questions characterized at SN 56.8 |
bhavārāmassa kho, āvuso, bhavaratassa bhavasammuditassa, bhavanirodhaṃ |
It is one who delights in existence, who takes delight in existence, who |
na bhavārāmassa kho, āvuso, na bhavaratassa na bhavasammuditassa, |
“But, friend, one who does not delight in existence, who does not take |
In the Nibbedhika Sutta, a particular existence is determined by the vipāka of kāmā: |
“katamo ca, bhikkhave, kāmānaṃ vipāko? yaṃ kho, bhikkhave, kāmayamāno |
“And what is the result of sensuality? One who wants sensuality produces |
In the Āgantuka Sutta, bhava·taṇhā is to be abandoned through abhiññā: |
katame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā abhiññā pahātabbā? avijjā ca bhavataṇhā ca. ime, bhikkhave, dhammā abhiññā pahātabbā. |
“And what, bhikkhus, are the things to be abandoned by direct knowledge? |
In the Sāriputta Sutta, the cessation of bhava is explicitly mentioned as meaning Nibbāna: |
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, sakalikaggissa jhāyamānassa aññāva acci uppajjati |
Just as, when a fire of twigs is burning, one flame arises and another |
In a recurrent expression, upon fulfilling the training in general or in a particular aspect, it is often said: |
Ñāṇañca pana me dassanaṃ udapādi: ‘akuppā me vimutti; ayamantimā jāti; natthi dāni punabbhavo’”ti. |
“The knowledge and vision arose in me: ‘Unshakable is my liberation of |
The Aniccasaññā Sutta explains how the perception of impermanence eliminates bhava·rāga: |
“aniccasaññā, bhikkhave, bhāvitā bahulīkatā sabbaṃ kāmarāgaṃ pariyādiyati, sabbaṃ rūparāgaṃ pariyādiyati, sabbaṃ bhavarāgaṃ pariyādiyati, sabbaṃ avijjaṃ pariyādiyati, sabbaṃ asmimānaṃ samūhanati”. |
“Bhikkhus, when the perception of impermanence is developed and cultivated, it eliminates all sensual lust, it eliminates all lust for existence, it eliminates all ignorance, it uproots all conceit ‘I am.’ |
… |
… |
“kathaṃ bhāvitā ca, bhikkhave, aniccasaññā kathaṃ bahulīkatā sabbaṃ |
“And how, bhikkhus, is the perception of impermanence developed and |
Bhava also appears prominently as one of the three āsavas (SN 45.163), one of the three taṇhā (SN 45.170), one of the three searches (esana, SN 45.161), one of the four yogas (AN 4.10, SN 45.172), one of the four floods (ogha, SN 45.171), one of the seven saṃyojanas as per the list given at AN 7.8, one of the seven anusayas (SN 45.175). Regarding all the above sets of phenomena, the ariya aṭṭhaṅgika magga is recommended in SN 45 for some or all of the following actions: abhiññā, full understanding (pariññā), complete destruction (parikkhaya), and pahāna. In the case of the four yogas, the Yoga Sutta provides a little more detail: |
“Cattārome, bhikkhave, yogā. Katame cattāro? Kāmayogo, bhavayogo, diṭṭhiyogo, avijjāyogo… |
“Bhikkhus, there are these four bonds. What four? The bond of |
Bhavayogo ca kathaṃ hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco bhavānaṃ samudayañca |
And how is there the bond of existence? Here, someone does not |
Bhavayogavisaṃyogo ca kathaṃ hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco bhavānaṃ |
And how is there the severance of the bond of existence? Here, someone |
|
atthāvuso, nevasaññānāsaññāyatanūpagā devā, idaṃ bhavānaṃ aggan”ti. |
Friend, there are devas of the plane of neither-perception-nor-non-perception: this is the highest state |
|
“seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, appamattakopi gūtho duggandho hoti; evamevaṃ kho |
Bhikkhus, just as even a small amount of excrement smells bad, in the |
“katamañca, bhikkhave, bhāvanāppadhānaṃ? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu |
And what, bhikkhus, is the effort for development? Here, bhikkhus, a |
Other suttas also provide definitions of bhāvanā·bala (the power of development). One of those refers to a set of qualities that are often cited alongside bhāvanā, the seven bojjhaṅgas: |
“katamañca, bhikkhave, bhāvanābalaṃ? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu |
And what, bhikkhus, is the power of development? Here, bhikkhus, a |
The development of bojjhaṅgas is also cited in a description of how āsavas are abandoned by developing (āsavā bhāvanā pahātabbā), at MN 2. Another definition of bhāvanā·bala (the power of development) is given in the following sutta: |
“katamañca, bhikkhave, bhāvanābalaṃ? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu… |
And what, bhikkhus, is the power of development? Here, bhikkhus, a |
We also find in the suttas lists of what appears to be synonyms for bhāvanā. The related verb bhāveti is very often juxtaposed with bahulī·karoti (lit: ‘to make much of’, i.e. to practice frequently, repeatedly, seriously). AN 5.57 and MN 95 also juxtapose respectively āsevati (to frequent, visit; to practise, pursue, indulge, enjoy) and the related substantive āsevanā. An apparent antonym to bhāvanā is pahāna (abandoning): |
kāyaduccaritaṃ pahāya kāyasucaritaṃ bhāveti, vacīduccaritaṃ pahāya |
having abandoned bodily misconduct, a bhikkhu develops good bodily |
The traditional treatment of the term sometimes consists in analyzing it in two categories: samatha·bhāvanā and vipassana·bhāvanā. |
katame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā abhiññā bhāvetabbā? samatho ca vipassanā ca. ime, bhikkhave, dhammā abhiññā bhāvetabbā. |
And what mental states are to be developed by direct knowledge? Tranquility and Insight. These, bhikkhus, are the mental states that are to be developed by direct knowledge. |
The practice of samatha and vipassana also appears as a duty for a monk in the Piṇḍapātapārisuddhi Sutta: |
“puna caparaṃ, sāriputta, bhikkhunā iti paṭisañcikkhitabbaṃ: ‘bhāvitā nu kho me samatho ca vipassanā cā’ti? |
Moreover, Sariputta, a bhikkhu should consider: ‘Are Tranquility and Insight developed in me? If, Sariputta, a bhikkhu examining [himself] knows thus: ‘Tranquility and Insight are not developed in me’, then that bhikkhu should make an effort to develop Tranquility and Insight. |
sace pana, sāriputta, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno evaṃ jānāti: ‘bhāvitā kho |
But if, Sariputta, a bhikkhu examining [himself] knows thus: ‘Tranquility and Insight are not developed in me’, then that bhikkhu should remain with that serene joy & exaltation, training day & night in advantageous mental states. |
It is also explained at AN 2.31 that samatha leads to the bhavana of citta, which in turns leads to abandoning rāga, while vipassana leads to the bhavana of paññā, which in turns leads to abandoning avijjā. SN 43.2 explains that they lead to the destruction of the three akusala·mūlas, and MN 73 shows in detail that they lead to the six abhiññā and arahatta. In AN 4.170, ven. Ananda explains that everyone who declares to him having become an arahant has achieved so by practicing both samatha and vipassana in one of four ways.
However, as the Upaka Sutta makes it clear, what is said ‘to be developed’ (bhāvetabba) is not at all restricted to samatha·bhāvanā and vipassana·bhāvanā, but includes at large whatever is kusala: |
itipidaṃ kusalaṃ bhāvetabba |
That which is wholesome should be developed |
That being said, when only one category of phenomena is mentioned as to be developed, it is often the 7 bojjhaṅgas, as we have seen above at AN 2.12 and MN 2, or sometimes kāyagatāsati: |
“Yassa kassaci, bhikkhave, mahāsamuddo cetasā phuṭo antogadhā tassa |
“Mendicants, anyone who brings into their mind the great ocean includes |
Some suttas mention development in body and in mind. |
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo bhāvitakāyo hoti bhāvitasīlo bhāvitacitto bhāvitapañño aparitto mahatto appamāṇavihārī. |
There is the case where a certain individual is developed in |
The Mahā Saccaka Sutta provides explanations as to what development in body and mind may mean: |
“kathañca, aggivessana, abhāvitakāyo ca hoti abhāvitacitto ca? idha, |
“How, Aggivessana, is one undeveloped in body and undeveloped in mind? |
“kathañca, aggivessana, bhāvitakāyo ca hoti bhāvitacitto ca? idha, |
“And how, Aggivessana, is one developed in body and developed in mind? |
A number of suttas outline what are the consequences |
bhavissanti, bhikkhave, bhikkhū anāgatamaddhānaṃ abhāvitakāyā |
“There will be, in the course of the future, monks undeveloped in body, |
“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhavissanti bhikkhū anāgatamaddhānaṃ |
“And again, there will be in the course of the future monks undeveloped |
“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhavissanti bhikkhū anāgatamaddhānaṃ |
“And again, there will be in the course of the future monks undeveloped |
“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhavissanti bhikkhū anāgatamaddhānaṃ |
“And again, there will be in the course of the future monks undeveloped |
“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhavissanti bhikkhū anāgatamaddhānaṃ |
“And again, there will be in the course of the future monks undeveloped |
The Loṇakapalla Sutta explains what difference development makes for the future results of actions: |
“kathaṃrūpassa, bhikkhave, puggalassa appamattakampi pāpakammaṃ kataṃ |
What kind of person does a trivial bad deed, but it lands them in hell? A |
“kathaṃrūpassa, bhikkhave, puggalassa tādisaṃyeva appamattakaṃ |
What kind of person does the same trivial bad deed, but experiences it |
The Bhāvanā Sutta compares the results of lack of |
“bhāvanaṃ ananuyuttassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno viharato kiñcāpi |
“Mendicants, when a mendicant is not committed to development, |
“seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, kukkuṭiyā aṇḍāni aṭṭha vā dasa vā dvādasa vā. |
Suppose there was a chicken with eight or ten or twelve eggs. But she |
“bhāvanaṃ anuyuttassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno viharato kiñcāpi na |
When a mendicant is committed to development, they might not |
“seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, kukkuṭiyā aṇḍāni aṭṭha vā dasa vā dvādasa vā. |
Suppose there was a chicken with eight or ten or twelve eggs. And she |
The Akammaniya Vagga
Between AN 1.394 and AN 1.574, it is said about a bhikkhu who develops any of the 181 practices mentioned that he ‘is craving for (a state of) existence, for life, for becoming, for the process of existence, for repeated existence. Bhava·taṇhā is generally regarded as a synonym. One consequence of bhava·rāga is mentioned in the Rūpārāma Sutta: |
bhavarāgaparetebhi, |
This Dhamma isn’t easily understood |
As one might have expected, it is explained in the Yoga Sutta that the cause for the arising of bhava·rāga is not discerning the real characteristics of bhava, and the cause for preventing their arising is the presence of such a discernment: |
“bhavayogo ca kathaṃ hoti? idha, bhikkhave, ekacco bhavānaṃ samudayañca |
And how is there the bond of existence? Here, someone does not |
… |
… |
“bhavayogavisaṃyogo ca kathaṃ hoti? idha, bhikkhave, ekacco bhavānaṃ |
And how is there the severance of the bond of existence? Here, someone |
The Aniccasaññā Sutta explains that cultivating anicca·saññā is the way to eliminate bhava·rāga |
“aniccasaññā, bhikkhave, bhāvitā bahulīkatā sabbaṃ kāmarāgaṃ |
Bhikkhus, when the perception of impermanence is developed and |
bhavataṇhā: [bhava+taṇhā] craving for becoming, for repeated existence. Synonym of bhava·rāga. It is one of the three types of taṇhā.
bhesajja: remedy, medicament, medicine. It is one of the four paccayas, requisites of a bhikkhu’s life.
bhikkhu: person who has decided to dedicate his life to the practice of dhamma
and adopts the medicant life, living on what is given spontaneously. A
bhikkhu is characterized by poverty, celibacy, renunciation, humility
and steadfastness in practice. He submits himself to the rules he chose
to undertake, and which are defined by the pātimokkha,
having eventually amounted to 227. He can however give up this life at
any time by an official act if he finds himself unable to keep following
it. Female bhikkhus are called bhikkhunis.
bhikkhuni: Female bhikkhu. Bhikkhunis have to abserve 311 precepts.
bho: familiar term of address which is used to inferiors
and equals by brahmins. Brahmins generally address the Buddha by the
expression ‘Bho Gotama’, which denotes some lack of respect and reveals their propensity to arrogance.
bhojane mattaññutā: [bhojana mattā+aññū+tā] moderation with food - lit: knowing the right measure in food. This practice is described in a stock formula which is analyzed in detail here. Derivate: bhojane mattaññū.
bodhi: awakening, enlightenment, supreme knowledge. Consists of the full understanding of the four ariya·saccas and may be equated to arahatta. There are seven main mental states/ processes leading to bodhi: the seven bojjhaṅgas. A list of 37 phenomenas is also mentioned: the 37 bodhi·pakkhiya·dhammās.
bodhipakkhiyadhammā: [bodhi+pakkhiya+dhamma] things/ phenomenas/ mental states siding with enlightenment, of which there are 37, listed in seven sets:
1-4. the four satipaṭṭhānas 5-8. the four sammappadhānas 9-12. the four iddhipādas 13-17. the five spiritual indriyas 18-22. the five balas 23-29. the seven bojjhaṅgas 30-37. the ariya aṭṭh·aṅgika magga |
They are expounded in detail at MN 77, although without being called by this appellation.
bodhisatta: [bodhi+satta] being destined to become a sammā·Sambuddha. The Buddha uses this term only to refer to himself at a time prior to his enlightenment.
bojjhaṅga: [bojjh+aṅga] factor of awakening, of enlightenment. Numbered as seven, they are also often called sambojjhaṅgas. These seven are:
1. sati 2. dhamma·vicaya 3. vīriya |
4. pīti 5. passaddhi 6. samādhi 7. upekkhā. |
They are often described as viveka·nissitaṃ virāga·nissitaṃ nirodha-nissitaṃ vossagga·pariṇāmiṃ: based on detachment/ seclusion, based on desirelessness, based on cessation, resulting in release.
brāhmaṇa: a member of the Brahman caste - also used for a man leading a pure & ascetic life, often even syn. with arahant.
Brahmā: is the supreme divinity of ancient
brahmanism, considered as the creator of the universe and worshiped by
brahmins through sacrifices and rituals. The Buddha gives this
appellation to the Brahmakāyika, devas living in rūpa-loka the form realm and a-rūpa-loka the formless realm, which are situated beyond the lower worlds and the lower paradises of kāma-loka, and which are also known as Brahmā-loka, the Brahmā world. Traditionally, Brahmā-loka is subdivided in various planes corresponding to various stages of mastery of the four jhānas. The life-span of the Brahmās is specified at AN 4.123.
As all other beings, brahmas are subject to the round of rebirth, old
age and death. Some of them are brave protectors of the Buddha’s
teaching, while others are still deluded and conceited. Mahābrahmā is sometimes depicted as wrongly believing he is the creator of the universe.
brahmacariya: [brahmā+cariya] brahmic life, life of renunciation, pure life of the bhikkhus,
or any disciple having undertaken complete celibacy. More generally, it
is an upright life, in which morality plays a fundamental role, a life
of renunciation to kāma and of practice of meditation, leading among other things to the mastery of the jhānas. It is so called because it is the only way to reach the Brahmā world.
brahmakāyika: [brahmā+kāya+ka] those who are the company of Brahmā. It designates the three lower realms of rūpa-loka, which are associated with the first jhāna. Their higest rulers is known as Mahābrahmā,
of whom it is said, in DN 1, that he believes to be the highest of all
living beings, an omniscient and omnipotent creator (in that way very
similar to the christian god).
Brahmavihāra: [Brahmā+vihāra] dwellings of Brahmā. They consist of the development of mettā, karuṇa, muditā, upekkhā,
and pervading the entire universe with a mind embued with these
qualities. The term seems to be of late origin, used to oppose bramanic
theories and arguments, and does not appear in older texts where the
cultivation of these four is described. The pratice of the brahma-vihāras is thus described at AN 3.66 without being so called.
Buddha: awakened, the awekened one. It is the first of the tiratana and the tisaraṇa.
Buddhānussati: [buddha+anussati] recollection of the Buddha. It is defined by the Buddha at AN 6.10. The formula is analyzed there.
Buddhe aveccappasāda: [Buddha-avecca+pasāda]
confidence in the Buddha which is confirmed by experience; verified/
confirmed confidence in the Buddha (Thanissaro B./B. Bodhi), perfect
faith in the Buddha (R. Davis) - lit: ‘definitely joyful on account of the Buddha’. It is one of the four sot·āpattiy·aṅgas.
byāpāda: ill-will, malevolence. At AN 3.67, byāpāda is explained as having dosa for synonym. It falls in two categories:
1) it is one of the three mental akusala·kamma·pathas, being defined as such by the Buddha at AN 10.176.
2) it is one of the ten saṃyojanas.
♦ At SN 46.51, it is said that ayoniso manasikāra applied to a paṭigha·nimitta is the cause for the arising and multiplication of byāpāda, while yoniso manasikāra applied to mettā·cetovimutti constitutes its antidote (see here).
https://www.buddha-vacana.org/toolbox.html
Pali Toolbox
If you want to have a closer look at Pali grammar in order to
sharpen your understanding of the texts, this section will provide you
easy ways to get acquainted with what is the most useful to know about
it.
- 1. Pali-English Dictionary
- This is a search engine in the Concise Pali-English Dictionary
by A.P. Buddhadatta Mahathera. You can use it for instant lookup of
most Pali words and as well check their gender and etymology. It is
quite flexible as for example if you are looking for ‘āṇāpāṇa’ you can
simply enter ‘anapana’ without using any diacritics. Download the dictionary directly here.- 2. Declension of nouns
- Here you can look up the declension of most Pali nouns, in
order to ascertain the grammatical function of a noun in a particular
sentence. For that you will need to know first the gender of that noun.
Use the dictionnary to find it out.- 3. Conjugation of verbs
- There is a great deal of variation in conjugations, but those are the main patterns.
- 4. Prefixes
- Here are the main prefixes in Pali langage, whose meaning is
required to understand more precisely the idea expressed in the original
text, and which may not be translatable in all its subtlety.- 5. Suffixes and derivation
- Here you can look up the main suffixes (appart from
declensions) which form Pali words and whose meaning is sometimes
required for understanding some abstract ideas having no English
equivalent.- 6. Frequent irregular declensions
Articles
- Early and late in MN 117
- This
article proposes comparisons between the textual material contained in
the Mahācattārīsaka Sutta and texts of late origin, such as the
Abhidhamma and some of the works found in the Khuddaka Nikāya. It will
show that it is a patchwork of what is probably early material and
inserted late formulas. It will also explore the doctrinal implications
of those passages that have most likely been added to the original. When
I first wrote this article, I was unware of Bhante Analayo’s The Mahācattārīsaka-sutta in the Light of its Parallels – Tracing the Beginnings of Abhidharmic Thought,
where besides confirming the arguments presented here, Bhante provides
additional evidences gathered through comparisons with the Chinese and
Tibetan counterparts of this sutta: the latter do not contain the
passages highlighted in the present document as being probably imported
from late sources.
- Ekāyano maggo: the path leading to one goal
- Getting rid of sectarian terminology.
- Parimukhaṃ: at the entrance
- Clarifying the meaning of this so important word.
https://www.buddha-vacana.org/patimokkha.html
Pātimokkha
— The Bhikkhu’s guidelines —
These are the 227 guidelines that every bhikkhu must learn by heart in
Pali language in order to be able to recite them. Here a semantic
analysis of each guideline will (hopefully) be provided.
- Pārājika 1
- Should any bhikkhu — participating in the training and
livelihood of the bhikkhus, without having renounced the training,
without having declared his weakness — engage in sexual intercourse,
even with a female animal, he is defeated and no longer in affiliation.https://www.buddha-vacana.org/log.html
Updates log
11/06/2560
Glossary definition: bhante01/07/2560
Glossary definition: bhagavā30/06/2560
Glossary definition: bhad(d)ante11/06/2560
Glossary definition: bāla07/05/2560
Glossary definition: bala21/03/2560
Glossary definition: ayoniso manasikāra08/03/2560
Glossary definition: avijjā18/01/2560
Glossary definition: avihiṃsā- 31/12/2559
Early and late in MN 117- The article has been revised, and the tone largely softened, although the conclusion remains entirely the same.
- 16/12/2559
Glossary definition: avīci- 16/12/2559
Glossary definition: attavādupādāna- 04/12/2559
The meaning of ātāpī and the Buddha’s approach to asceticism- 04/12/2559
Glossary definition: ātāpī- 25/10/2559
What the suttas teach us about the meaning of saṅkappa- 25/10/2559
Glossary definition: asmimāna- 05/10/2559
Glossary definition: asappurisa- 02/09/2559
Glossary definition: ariya aṭṭhaṅgika magga- 22/07/2559
Glossary definition: asantuṭṭhitā- 17/07/2559
Kusala Suttas (AN 1.56-73) - word by word- What produces and what eliminates wholesome and unwholesome mental states.
- 15/07/2559
Accharāsaṅghāta Peyyāla (AN 1.53-55) - word by word- Practicing goodwill makes one worthy of gifts.
- 13/07/2559
Akammaniya Vagga (AN 1.21-30) - word by word- The mind can be our worst enemy or our best friend.
- 11/07/2559
Glossary definition: ariya- 01/07/2559
Nāgita Sutta (AN 6.42) - enhanced translation- While
dwelling in a forest grove, the Buddha speaks in praise of modesty,
contentment, unentanglement, and seclusion in the wilderness.- 01/07/2559
Anāgatabhaya Sutta (AN 5.80) - enhanced translation- The
Buddha reminds the monks that the practice of Dhamma should not be put
off for a later date, for there are no guarantees that the future will
provide any opportunities for practice.- 01/07/2559
Bhayabherava Sutta (MN 4) - enhanced translation- What would it take to live in solitude in the wilderness, completely free from fear? The Buddha explains.
- 26/06/2559
Arañña Sutta (AN 4.262) - enhanced translation- What sort of person is fit to live in the wilderness?
- 26/06/2559
Migajāla Sutta (SN 35.46) - enhanced translation- Why
is true solitude so hard to find? The Buddha explains why, no matter
where you go, your most annoying companions always tag along.- 24/06/2559
Glossary definition: arañña- 22/06/2559
Andhakavinda Sutta (AN 5.114) - enhanced translation- Five things that the Buddha exhorted his newly ordained monks to do.
- 17/06/2559
Ekaṃsena Sutta (AN 2.18) - enhanced translation- Here is one thing that the Buddha declares categorically.
- 17/06/2559
Appaṭivāna Sutta (AN 2.5) - enhanced translation- How we ought to train ourselves if we wish to reach awakening.
- 17/06/2559
Lahuparivatta Sutta (AN 1.48) - enhanced translation- The Buddha, normally so adept at finding similes, is here at a loss.
- 17/06/2559
Mudu Sutta (AN 1.47) - enhanced translation- A simile for a mind that’s pliant.
- 17/06/2559
Udakarahaka Suttas (AN 1.45 & 46) - enhanced translation- The difference between a clear mind and a muddy one.
- 17/06/2559
Glossary definition: appicchatā- 16/06/2559
Adanta Vagga (AN 1.31-40) - enhanced translation- The mind can be our worst enemy or our best friend.
- 16/06/2559
Akammaniya Vagga (AN 1.21-30) - enhanced translation- The mind can be our worst enemy or our best friend.
- 20/02/2559
Glossary definition: appamāda- 12/02/2559
Pārājika 1 - word by word- Should
any bhikkhu — participating in the training and livelihood of the
bhikkhus, without having renounced the training, without having declared
his weakness — engage in sexual intercourse, even with a female animal,
he is defeated and no longer in affiliation.- 12/02/2559
Glossary definition: apāya- 12/02/2559
Glossary definition: anussati- 12/02/2559
Uposatha Sutta (AN 3.71) - enhanced translation- In this sutta, the Buddha defines how lay people should practice Uposatha and describes the different types of devas.
- 12/02/2559
Anussatiṭṭhāna Sutta (AN 6.25) - enhanced translation- This sutta defines what are the six subjects of recollection.
- 19/01/2559
Glossary definition: āraddhavīriya- 19/01/2559
Glossary definition: vīriyārambha- 19/01/2559
Glossary definition: āloka- 13/12/2558
Glossary definition: anusaya- 13/12/2558
Salla Sutta (SN 36.6) - enhanced translation- When
shot by the arrow of physical pain, an unwise person makes matters
worse by piling mental anguish on top of it, just as if he had been shot
by two arrows. A wise person feels the sting of one arrow alone.- 13/12/2558
Anusaya Sutta (AN 7.12) - enhanced translation- On abandoning the seven anusaya (obsessions or latent tendencies).
- 13/12/2558
Glossary definition: akusala- 13/12/2558
Kusala Suttas (AN 1.56-73) - enhanced translation- What produces and what eliminates wholesome and unwholesome mental states.
- 06/12/2558
Glossary definition: āhāra- 06/12/2558
Aparihāniya Sutta (AN 4.37) - enhanced translation- Four simple practices that make one incapable of falling away, right in the presence of Nibbāna.
- 06/12/2558
Aparihāniya Sutta (AN 4.37) - enhanced translation- Five qualities the lead one practicing mindfulness of breathing to liberation in no long time.
- 06/12/2558
Kathā Sutta (AN 5.97) - enhanced translation- Five qualities the lead one practicing mindfulness of breathing to liberation in no long time.
- 06/12/2558
Sutadhara Sutta (AN 5.96) - enhanced translation- Five qualities the lead one practicing mindfulness of breathing to liberation in no long time.
- 06/12/2558
Abhisanda Sutta (AN 8.39) - enhanced translation- Here are eight ways in which all serious disciples of the Buddha create much merit for themselves.
- 06/12/2558
Glossary definition: adukkhamasukhā vedanā- 06/12/2558
Glossary definition: adukkhamasukha- 06/12/2558
Glossary definition: amoha- 06/12/2558
Glossary definition: adosa- 06/12/2558
Glossary definition: alobha- 01/12/2558
Glossary definition: adhipaññāsikkhā- 01/12/2558
Glossary definition: adhisīlasikkhā- 01/12/2558
Parābhava Sutta (AN 7.31) - enhanced translation- Seven points of behavior on which a lay follower may meet his/her ruin or prosperity.
- 01/12/2558
Vipatti Sutta (AN 7.30) - enhanced translation- Seven points of behavior on which a lay follower may meet his/her failure or success.
- 01/12/2558
Parihāni Sutta (AN 7.29) - enhanced translation- Seven points of behavior on which a lay follower may decline or not.
- 01/12/2558
Parihāni Sutta (AN 7.28) - enhanced translation- Seven points on which a bhikkhu in training may decline or not.
- 01/12/2558
Glossary definition: adhicittasikkhā- 01/12/2558
Vajjiputta Sutta (AN 3.85) - enhanced translation- A
certain monk cannot train with so many rules. The Buddha explains him
how he can do without them, and it works out rather well.- 01/12/2558
Accāyika Sutta (AN 3.93) - enhanced translation- Three urgent tasks of an ascetic which are like three urgent tasks of a farmer.
- 01/12/2558
Samaṇa Sutta (AN 3.82) - enhanced translation- Here are the three ascetics tasks of an ascetic.
- 01/12/2558
Anavatthitā Sutta (AN 6.102) - enhanced translation- Six rewards that should act as a motivation for establishing the perception of anicca.
- 01/12/2558
Glossary definition: anattasaññā- 01/12/2558
Atammaya Sutta (AN 6.104) - enhanced translation- Six rewards that should act as a motivation for establishing the perception of anatta.
- 01/12/2558
Glossary definition: maraṇasaññā- 01/12/2558
Glossary definition: ādīnavasaññā- 01/12/2558
Glossary definition: anicce dukkhasaññā- 01/12/2558
Glossary definition: aniccasaññā- 01/12/2558
Glossary definition: sabbaloke anabhiratasaññā- 01/12/2558
Glossary definition: āhāre paṭikūlasaññā- 01/12/2558
Glossary definition: asubhasaññā- 01/12/2558
Glossary definition: asubhanimitta- 01/12/2558
Glossary definition: asubha- 01/12/2558
Saññā Sutta (AN 7.27) - enhanced translation- Seven perceptions that lead to the long-term welfare of the bhikkhus and prevent their decline.
- 01/12/2558
Assāda Sutta (AN 6.112) - enhanced translation- How to eradicate the view of enjoyment, the view of self, and wrong view in general.
- 01/12/2558
Maraṇassati Sutta (AN 6.20) - enhanced translation- This sutta explains in detail how to practice the mindfulness of death.
- 01/12/2558
Rāgassa abhiññāya Sutta (AN 5.303) - enhanced translation- Five things to be practiced for the direct knowledge of rāga.
- 01/12/2558
Asubha Sutta (AN 4.163) - enhanced translation- The
four ways of practicing, according to the type of practice chosen and
the intensity or weakness of strengths and spiritual factulties.- 01/12/2558
Āhāra Sutta (SN 46.51) - enhanced translation- The
Buddha describes how we can either “feed” or “starve” the hindrances
and the factors of enlightenment in the mind according to how we apply
our attention.- 12/11/2558
Glossary definition: anussava- 12/11/2558
Glossary definition: diṭṭhinijjhānakkhanti
https://www.buddha-vacana.org/download.html
https://www.buddha-vacana.org/contact.html
Contact
For any remark, suggestion, question:
Do not hesitate to report any error, discrepancy, broken link,
empty info·bubble etc. you may come across. The webmaster will be
grateful.
https://www.buddha-vacana.org/acknowledgements.html
Acknowledgements
♦ The Buddha Gotama for having attained the ultimate awakening and having undertaken to teach it.
♦ The Sangha of his disciples who have keenly preserved his teaching both in theory and in practice throughout the millenia.
♦ The Pali Text Society for having used their precious erudition to
make the teachings of the Buddha easily accessible to the West.
♦ The VRI and his volunteers team who have made the suttas and the vinaya freely available in electronic format.
♦ Thanissaro Bhikkhu, John Bullit, and all those who have contributed
to AccessToInsight for providing public domain translations of the
Buddha’s teachings.
♦ Bhante Dhammayutto for having built the extraordinary and revolutionary tool that the Digital Pali Reader is.
♦ Nicolas for providing the technical support with infobubbles and the centralized vocabulary database.
♦ All those who have contributed by reporting errors or writing
messages of moral support, as well as those who have developed the free
softwares used to built the pages, as Notepad++ and Filezilla.